Loading...
1#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
2#define __NET_CFG80211_H
3/*
4 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
5 *
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
8 * Copyright 2015 Intel Deutschland GmbH
9 *
10 * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
12 * published by the Free Software Foundation.
13 */
14
15#include <linux/netdevice.h>
16#include <linux/debugfs.h>
17#include <linux/list.h>
18#include <linux/bug.h>
19#include <linux/netlink.h>
20#include <linux/skbuff.h>
21#include <linux/nl80211.h>
22#include <linux/if_ether.h>
23#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
24#include <linux/net.h>
25#include <net/regulatory.h>
26
27/**
28 * DOC: Introduction
29 *
30 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
31 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
32 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
33 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
34 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
35 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
36 *
37 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
38 * use restrictions.
39 */
40
41
42/**
43 * DOC: Device registration
44 *
45 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
46 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
47 * described below.
48 *
49 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
50 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
51 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
52 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
53 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
54 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
55 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
56 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
57 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
58 *
59 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
60 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
61 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
62 */
63
64struct wiphy;
65
66/*
67 * wireless hardware capability structures
68 */
69
70/**
71 * enum ieee80211_band - supported frequency bands
72 *
73 * The bands are assigned this way because the supported
74 * bitrates differ in these bands.
75 *
76 * @IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4GHz ISM band
77 * @IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5GHz band (4.9-5.7)
78 * @IEEE80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 64.80 GHz)
79 * @IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS: number of defined bands
80 */
81enum ieee80211_band {
82 IEEE80211_BAND_2GHZ = NL80211_BAND_2GHZ,
83 IEEE80211_BAND_5GHZ = NL80211_BAND_5GHZ,
84 IEEE80211_BAND_60GHZ = NL80211_BAND_60GHZ,
85
86 /* keep last */
87 IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS
88};
89
90/**
91 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
92 *
93 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
94 *
95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
97 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
98 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
100 * is not permitted.
101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
102 * is not permitted.
103 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
105 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
106 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
107 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
108 * restrictions.
109 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
110 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
111 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
112 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
113 * restrictions.
114 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
115 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
116 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
117 * on this channel.
118 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
119 * on this channel.
120 *
121 */
122enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
123 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
125 /* hole at 1<<2 */
126 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
128 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
129 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
130 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
132 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
133 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
134 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
135 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
136};
137
138#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
139 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
140
141#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
142#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
143
144/**
145 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
146 *
147 * This structure describes a single channel for use
148 * with cfg80211.
149 *
150 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
151 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
152 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
153 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
154 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
155 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
156 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
157 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
158 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
159 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
160 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
161 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
162 * @orig_mag: internal use
163 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
164 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
165 * on this channel.
166 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
167 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
168 */
169struct ieee80211_channel {
170 enum ieee80211_band band;
171 u16 center_freq;
172 u16 hw_value;
173 u32 flags;
174 int max_antenna_gain;
175 int max_power;
176 int max_reg_power;
177 bool beacon_found;
178 u32 orig_flags;
179 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
180 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
181 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
182 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
183};
184
185/**
186 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
187 *
188 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
189 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
190 * different bands/PHY modes.
191 *
192 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
193 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
194 * with CCK rates.
195 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
196 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
197 * core code when registering the wiphy.
198 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
199 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
200 * core code when registering the wiphy.
201 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
202 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
203 * core code when registering the wiphy.
204 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
205 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
207 */
208enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
209 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
210 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
211 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
212 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
213 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
214 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
215 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
216};
217
218/**
219 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
220 *
221 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
222 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
223 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
224 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
225 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
226 */
227enum ieee80211_bss_type {
228 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
229 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
230 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
231 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
232 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
233};
234
235/**
236 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
237 *
238 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
239 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
240 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
241 */
242enum ieee80211_privacy {
243 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
244 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
245 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
246};
247
248#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
249 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
250
251/**
252 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
253 *
254 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
255 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
256 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
257 * passed around.
258 *
259 * @flags: rate-specific flags
260 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
261 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
262 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
263 * short preamble is used
264 */
265struct ieee80211_rate {
266 u32 flags;
267 u16 bitrate;
268 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
269};
270
271/**
272 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
273 *
274 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
275 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
276 *
277 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
278 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
279 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
280 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
281 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
282 */
283struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
284 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
285 bool ht_supported;
286 u8 ampdu_factor;
287 u8 ampdu_density;
288 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
289};
290
291/**
292 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
293 *
294 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
295 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
296 *
297 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
298 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
299 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
300 */
301struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
302 bool vht_supported;
303 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
304 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
305};
306
307/**
308 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
309 *
310 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
311 * is able to operate in.
312 *
313 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
314 * in this band.
315 * @band: the band this structure represents
316 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
317 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
318 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
319 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
320 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
321 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
322 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
323 */
324struct ieee80211_supported_band {
325 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
326 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
327 enum ieee80211_band band;
328 int n_channels;
329 int n_bitrates;
330 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
331 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
332};
333
334/*
335 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
336 */
337
338/**
339 * DOC: Actions and configuration
340 *
341 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
342 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
343 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
344 * operations use are described separately.
345 *
346 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
347 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
348 *
349 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
350 * in a separate chapter.
351 */
352
353/**
354 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
355 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
356 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
357 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
358 * determine the address as needed.
359 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
360 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
361 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
362 */
363struct vif_params {
364 int use_4addr;
365 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
366};
367
368/**
369 * struct key_params - key information
370 *
371 * Information about a key
372 *
373 * @key: key material
374 * @key_len: length of key material
375 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
376 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
377 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
378 * length given by @seq_len.
379 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
380 */
381struct key_params {
382 const u8 *key;
383 const u8 *seq;
384 int key_len;
385 int seq_len;
386 u32 cipher;
387};
388
389/**
390 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
391 * @chan: the (control) channel
392 * @width: channel width
393 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
394 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
395 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
396 */
397struct cfg80211_chan_def {
398 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
399 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
400 u32 center_freq1;
401 u32 center_freq2;
402};
403
404/**
405 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
406 * @chandef: the channel definition
407 *
408 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
409 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
410 */
411static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
412cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
413{
414 switch (chandef->width) {
415 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
416 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
417 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
418 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
419 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
420 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
421 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
422 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
423 default:
424 WARN_ON(1);
425 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
426 }
427}
428
429/**
430 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
431 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
432 * @channel: the control channel
433 * @chantype: the channel type
434 *
435 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
436 */
437void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
438 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
439 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
440
441/**
442 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
443 * @chandef1: first channel definition
444 * @chandef2: second channel definition
445 *
446 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
447 * identical, %false otherwise.
448 */
449static inline bool
450cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
451 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
452{
453 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
454 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
455 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
456 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
457}
458
459/**
460 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
461 * @chandef1: first channel definition
462 * @chandef2: second channel definition
463 *
464 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
465 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
466 */
467const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
468cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
469 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
470
471/**
472 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
473 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
474 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
475 */
476bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
477
478/**
479 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
480 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
481 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
482 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
483 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
484 */
485bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
486 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
487 u32 prohibited_flags);
488
489/**
490 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
491 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
492 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
493 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
494 * Returns:
495 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
496 */
497int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
498 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
499 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
500
501/**
502 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
503 *
504 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
505 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
506 *
507 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
508 *
509 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
510 */
511static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
512ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
513{
514 switch (chandef->width) {
515 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
516 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
517 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
518 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
519 default:
520 break;
521 }
522 return 0;
523}
524
525/**
526 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
527 *
528 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
529 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
530 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
531 *
532 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
533 *
534 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
535 */
536static inline int
537ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
538{
539 switch (chandef->width) {
540 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
541 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
542 chandef->chan->max_power);
543 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
544 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
545 chandef->chan->max_power);
546 default:
547 break;
548 }
549 return chandef->chan->max_power;
550}
551
552/**
553 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
554 *
555 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
556 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
557 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
558 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
559 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
560 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
561 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
562 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
563 *
564 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
565 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
566 */
567enum survey_info_flags {
568 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
569 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
570 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
571 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
572 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
573 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
574 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
575 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
576};
577
578/**
579 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
580 *
581 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
582 * record to report global statistics
583 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
584 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
585 * optional
586 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
587 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
588 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
589 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
590 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
591 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
592 *
593 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
594 *
595 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
596 * channel duty cycle etc.
597 */
598struct survey_info {
599 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
600 u64 time;
601 u64 time_busy;
602 u64 time_ext_busy;
603 u64 time_rx;
604 u64 time_tx;
605 u64 time_scan;
606 u32 filled;
607 s8 noise;
608};
609
610/**
611 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
612 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
613 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
614 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
615 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
616 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
617 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
618 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
619 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
620 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
621 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
622 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
623 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
624 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
625 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
626 * protocol frames.
627 */
628struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
629 u32 wpa_versions;
630 u32 cipher_group;
631 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
632 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
633 int n_akm_suites;
634 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
635 bool control_port;
636 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
637 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
638};
639
640/**
641 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
642 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
643 * or %NULL if not changed
644 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
645 * or %NULL if not changed
646 * @head_len: length of @head
647 * @tail_len: length of @tail
648 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
649 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
650 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
651 * frames or %NULL
652 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
653 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
654 * Response frames or %NULL
655 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
656 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
657 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
658 */
659struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
660 const u8 *head, *tail;
661 const u8 *beacon_ies;
662 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
663 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
664 const u8 *probe_resp;
665
666 size_t head_len, tail_len;
667 size_t beacon_ies_len;
668 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
669 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
670 size_t probe_resp_len;
671};
672
673struct mac_address {
674 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
675};
676
677/**
678 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
679 *
680 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
681 * entry specified by mac_addr
682 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
683 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
684 */
685struct cfg80211_acl_data {
686 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
687 int n_acl_entries;
688
689 /* Keep it last */
690 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
691};
692
693/**
694 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
695 *
696 * Used to configure an AP interface.
697 *
698 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
699 * @beacon: beacon data
700 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
701 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
702 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
703 * user space)
704 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
705 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
706 * @crypto: crypto settings
707 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
708 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
709 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
710 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
711 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
712 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
713 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
714 * MAC address based access control
715 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
716 * networks.
717 */
718struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
719 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
720
721 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
722
723 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
724 const u8 *ssid;
725 size_t ssid_len;
726 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
727 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
728 bool privacy;
729 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
730 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
731 int inactivity_timeout;
732 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
733 bool p2p_opp_ps;
734 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
735 bool pbss;
736};
737
738/**
739 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
740 *
741 * Used for channel switch
742 *
743 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
744 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
745 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
746 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
747 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
748 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
749 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
750 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
751 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
752 * @count: number of beacons until switch
753 */
754struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
755 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
756 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
757 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
758 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
759 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
760 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
761 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
762 bool radar_required;
763 bool block_tx;
764 u8 count;
765};
766
767/**
768 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
769 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
770 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
771 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
772 *
773 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
774 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
775 */
776enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
777 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
778 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
779 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
780};
781
782/**
783 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
784 *
785 * Used to change and create a new station.
786 *
787 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
788 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
789 * (or NULL for no change)
790 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
791 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
792 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
793 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
794 * (bitmask of BIT(NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
795 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
796 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
797 * @plink_action: plink action to take
798 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
799 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
800 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
801 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
802 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
803 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
804 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
805 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
806 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
807 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
808 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
809 * to unknown)
810 * @capability: station capability
811 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
812 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
813 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
814 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
815 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
816 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
817 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
818 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
819 */
820struct station_parameters {
821 const u8 *supported_rates;
822 struct net_device *vlan;
823 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
824 u32 sta_modify_mask;
825 int listen_interval;
826 u16 aid;
827 u8 supported_rates_len;
828 u8 plink_action;
829 u8 plink_state;
830 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
831 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
832 u8 uapsd_queues;
833 u8 max_sp;
834 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
835 u16 capability;
836 const u8 *ext_capab;
837 u8 ext_capab_len;
838 const u8 *supported_channels;
839 u8 supported_channels_len;
840 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
841 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
842 u8 opmode_notif;
843 bool opmode_notif_used;
844};
845
846/**
847 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
848 *
849 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
850 *
851 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
852 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
853 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
854 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
855 */
856struct station_del_parameters {
857 const u8 *mac;
858 u8 subtype;
859 u16 reason_code;
860};
861
862/**
863 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
864 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
865 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
866 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
867 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
868 * the AP MLME in the device
869 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
870 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
871 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
872 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
873 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
874 * supported/used)
875 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
876 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
877 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
878 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
879 */
880enum cfg80211_station_type {
881 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
882 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
883 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
884 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
885 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
886 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
887 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
888 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
889 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
890};
891
892/**
893 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
894 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
895 * @params: the new parameters for a station
896 * @statype: the type of station being modified
897 *
898 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
899 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
900 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
901 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
902 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
903 */
904int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
905 struct station_parameters *params,
906 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
907
908/**
909 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
910 *
911 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
912 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
913 *
914 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
915 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
916 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
917 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
918 */
919enum rate_info_flags {
920 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
921 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
922 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
923 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G = BIT(3),
924};
925
926/**
927 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
928 *
929 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
930 *
931 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
932 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
933 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
934 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
935 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
936 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
937 */
938enum rate_info_bw {
939 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
940 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
941 RATE_INFO_BW_20,
942 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
943 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
944 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
945};
946
947/**
948 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
949 *
950 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
951 *
952 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
953 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes a 802.11n bitrate
954 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
955 * @nss: number of streams (VHT only)
956 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
957 */
958struct rate_info {
959 u8 flags;
960 u8 mcs;
961 u16 legacy;
962 u8 nss;
963 u8 bw;
964};
965
966/**
967 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
968 *
969 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
970 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
971 *
972 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
973 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
974 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
975 */
976enum bss_param_flags {
977 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
978 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
979 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
980};
981
982/**
983 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
984 *
985 * Information about the currently associated BSS
986 *
987 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
988 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
989 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
990 */
991struct sta_bss_parameters {
992 u8 flags;
993 u8 dtim_period;
994 u16 beacon_interval;
995};
996
997/**
998 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
999 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1000 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1001 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1002 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1003 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1004 * transmitted MSDUs
1005 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1006 */
1007struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1008 u32 filled;
1009 u64 rx_msdu;
1010 u64 tx_msdu;
1011 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1012 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1013};
1014
1015#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1016
1017/**
1018 * struct station_info - station information
1019 *
1020 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1021 *
1022 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1023 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1024 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1025 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1026 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1027 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1028 * @llid: mesh local link id
1029 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1030 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1031 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1032 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1033 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1034 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1035 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1036 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1037 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1038 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1039 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1040 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1041 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1042 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1043 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1044 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1045 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1046 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1047 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1048 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1049 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1050 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1051 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1052 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1053 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1054 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1055 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1056 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1057 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1058 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1059 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1060 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1061 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1062 * towards this station.
1063 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1064 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1065 * from this peer
1066 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1067 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1068 */
1069struct station_info {
1070 u32 filled;
1071 u32 connected_time;
1072 u32 inactive_time;
1073 u64 rx_bytes;
1074 u64 tx_bytes;
1075 u16 llid;
1076 u16 plid;
1077 u8 plink_state;
1078 s8 signal;
1079 s8 signal_avg;
1080
1081 u8 chains;
1082 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1083 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1084
1085 struct rate_info txrate;
1086 struct rate_info rxrate;
1087 u32 rx_packets;
1088 u32 tx_packets;
1089 u32 tx_retries;
1090 u32 tx_failed;
1091 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1092 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1093 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1094
1095 int generation;
1096
1097 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1098 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1099
1100 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1101 s64 t_offset;
1102 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1103 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1104 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1105
1106 u32 expected_throughput;
1107
1108 u64 rx_beacon;
1109 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1110 struct cfg80211_tid_stats pertid[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
1111};
1112
1113/**
1114 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1115 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1116 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1117 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1118 *
1119 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1120 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1121 * considered undefined.
1122 */
1123int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1124 struct station_info *sinfo);
1125
1126/**
1127 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1128 *
1129 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1130 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1131 *
1132 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1133 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1134 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1135 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1136 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1137 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1138 */
1139enum monitor_flags {
1140 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1141 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1142 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1143 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1144 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1145 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1146};
1147
1148/**
1149 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1150 *
1151 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1152 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1153 *
1154 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1155 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1156 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1157 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1158 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1159 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1160 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1161 */
1162enum mpath_info_flags {
1163 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1164 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1165 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1166 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1167 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1168 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1169 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1170};
1171
1172/**
1173 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1174 *
1175 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1176 *
1177 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1178 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1179 * @sn: target sequence number
1180 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1181 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1182 * @flags: mesh path flags
1183 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1184 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1185 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1186 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1187 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1188 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1189 */
1190struct mpath_info {
1191 u32 filled;
1192 u32 frame_qlen;
1193 u32 sn;
1194 u32 metric;
1195 u32 exptime;
1196 u32 discovery_timeout;
1197 u8 discovery_retries;
1198 u8 flags;
1199
1200 int generation;
1201};
1202
1203/**
1204 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1205 *
1206 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1207 *
1208 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1209 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1210 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1211 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1212 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1213 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1214 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1215 * (or NULL for no change)
1216 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1217 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1218 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1219 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1220 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1221 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1222 */
1223struct bss_parameters {
1224 int use_cts_prot;
1225 int use_short_preamble;
1226 int use_short_slot_time;
1227 const u8 *basic_rates;
1228 u8 basic_rates_len;
1229 int ap_isolate;
1230 int ht_opmode;
1231 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1232};
1233
1234/**
1235 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1236 *
1237 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1238 *
1239 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1240 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1241 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1242 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1243 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1244 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1245 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1246 * mesh interface
1247 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1248 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1249 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1250 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1251 * elements
1252 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1253 * detect compatible mesh peers
1254 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1255 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1256 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1257 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1258 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1259 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1260 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1261 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1262 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1263 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1264 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1265 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1266 * element
1267 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1268 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1269 * element
1270 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1271 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1272 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1273 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1274 * announcements are transmitted
1275 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1276 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1277 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1278 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1279 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1280 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1281 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1282 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1283 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1284 * station to establish a peer link
1285 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1286 *
1287 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1288 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1289 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1290 *
1291 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1292 * PREQs are transmitted.
1293 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1294 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1295 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1296 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1297 * setting for new peer links.
1298 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1299 * after transmitting its beacon.
1300 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1301 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1302 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1303 */
1304struct mesh_config {
1305 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1306 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1307 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1308 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1309 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1310 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1311 u8 element_ttl;
1312 bool auto_open_plinks;
1313 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1314 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1315 u32 path_refresh_time;
1316 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1317 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1318 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1319 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1320 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1321 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1322 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1323 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1324 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1325 s32 rssi_threshold;
1326 u16 ht_opmode;
1327 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1328 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1329 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1330 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1331 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1332 u32 plink_timeout;
1333};
1334
1335/**
1336 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1337 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1338 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1339 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1340 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1341 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1342 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1343 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1344 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1345 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1346 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1347 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1348 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1349 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1350 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1351 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1352 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1353 *
1354 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1355 */
1356struct mesh_setup {
1357 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1358 const u8 *mesh_id;
1359 u8 mesh_id_len;
1360 u8 sync_method;
1361 u8 path_sel_proto;
1362 u8 path_metric;
1363 u8 auth_id;
1364 const u8 *ie;
1365 u8 ie_len;
1366 bool is_authenticated;
1367 bool is_secure;
1368 bool user_mpm;
1369 u8 dtim_period;
1370 u16 beacon_interval;
1371 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1372 u32 basic_rates;
1373};
1374
1375/**
1376 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1377 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1378 *
1379 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1380 */
1381struct ocb_setup {
1382 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1383};
1384
1385/**
1386 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1387 * @ac: AC identifier
1388 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1389 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1390 * 1..32767]
1391 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1392 * 1..32767]
1393 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1394 */
1395struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1396 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1397 u16 txop;
1398 u16 cwmin;
1399 u16 cwmax;
1400 u8 aifs;
1401};
1402
1403/**
1404 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1405 *
1406 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1407 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1408 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1409 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1410 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1411 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1412 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1413 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1414 * in the wiphy structure.
1415 *
1416 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1417 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1418 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1419 *
1420 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1421 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1422 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1423 * to userspace.
1424 */
1425
1426/**
1427 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1428 * @ssid: the SSID
1429 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1430 */
1431struct cfg80211_ssid {
1432 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1433 u8 ssid_len;
1434};
1435
1436/**
1437 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1438 *
1439 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1440 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1441 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1442 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1443 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1444 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1445 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1446 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1447 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1448 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1449 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1450 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1451 * @aborted: (internal) scan request was notified as aborted
1452 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1453 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1454 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1455 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1456 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1457 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1458 */
1459struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1460 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1461 int n_ssids;
1462 u32 n_channels;
1463 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1464 const u8 *ie;
1465 size_t ie_len;
1466 u32 flags;
1467
1468 u32 rates[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1469
1470 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1471
1472 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1473 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1474
1475 /* internal */
1476 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1477 unsigned long scan_start;
1478 bool aborted, notified;
1479 bool no_cck;
1480
1481 /* keep last */
1482 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1483};
1484
1485static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1486{
1487 int i;
1488
1489 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1490 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1491 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1492 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1493 }
1494}
1495
1496/**
1497 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1498 *
1499 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length for no match (RSSI only)
1500 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1501 */
1502struct cfg80211_match_set {
1503 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1504 s32 rssi_thold;
1505};
1506
1507/**
1508 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1509 *
1510 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1511 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1512 * infinite loop.
1513 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1514 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1515 */
1516struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1517 u32 interval;
1518 u32 iterations;
1519};
1520
1521/**
1522 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1523 *
1524 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1525 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1526 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1527 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1528 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1529 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1530 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1531 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1532 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1533 * (others are filtered out).
1534 * If ommited, all results are passed.
1535 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1536 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1537 * @dev: the interface
1538 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1539 * @channels: channels to scan
1540 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1541 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
1542 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1543 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1544 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1545 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1546 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1547 * index must be executed first.
1548 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1549 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1550 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1551 * owned by a particular socket)
1552 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1553 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1554 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1555 * supported.
1556 */
1557struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1558 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1559 int n_ssids;
1560 u32 n_channels;
1561 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1562 const u8 *ie;
1563 size_t ie_len;
1564 u32 flags;
1565 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1566 int n_match_sets;
1567 s32 min_rssi_thold;
1568 u32 delay;
1569 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1570 int n_scan_plans;
1571
1572 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1573 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1574
1575 /* internal */
1576 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1577 struct net_device *dev;
1578 unsigned long scan_start;
1579 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1580 u32 owner_nlportid;
1581
1582 /* keep last */
1583 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1584};
1585
1586/**
1587 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1588 *
1589 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1590 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1591 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1592 */
1593enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1594 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1595 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1596 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1597};
1598
1599/**
1600 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
1601 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
1602 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
1603 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
1604 * signal type
1605 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
1606 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
1607 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
1608 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
1609 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
1610 * ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
1611 */
1612struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
1613 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
1614 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1615 s32 signal;
1616 u64 boottime_ns;
1617};
1618
1619/**
1620 * struct cfg80211_bss_ie_data - BSS entry IE data
1621 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
1622 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
1623 * @len: length of the IEs
1624 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
1625 * @data: IE data
1626 */
1627struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
1628 u64 tsf;
1629 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1630 int len;
1631 bool from_beacon;
1632 u8 data[];
1633};
1634
1635/**
1636 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
1637 *
1638 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
1639 * for use in scan results and similar.
1640 *
1641 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
1642 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
1643 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
1644 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
1645 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
1646 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
1647 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
1648 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
1649 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
1650 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
1651 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
1652 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
1653 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
1654 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
1655 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
1656 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
1657 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
1658 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
1659 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
1660 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
1661 */
1662struct cfg80211_bss {
1663 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1664 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1665
1666 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
1667 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
1668 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
1669
1670 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
1671
1672 s32 signal;
1673
1674 u16 beacon_interval;
1675 u16 capability;
1676
1677 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1678
1679 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
1680};
1681
1682/**
1683 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
1684 * @bss: the bss to search
1685 * @ie: the IE ID
1686 *
1687 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
1688 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
1689 * Return: %NULL if not found.
1690 */
1691const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 ie);
1692
1693
1694/**
1695 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
1696 *
1697 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1698 * authentication.
1699 *
1700 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
1701 * to it if it needs to keep it.
1702 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1703 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
1704 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1705 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1706 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1707 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1708 * @sae_data: Non-IE data to use with SAE or %NULL. This starts with
1709 * Authentication transaction sequence number field.
1710 * @sae_data_len: Length of sae_data buffer in octets
1711 */
1712struct cfg80211_auth_request {
1713 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1714 const u8 *ie;
1715 size_t ie_len;
1716 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1717 const u8 *key;
1718 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1719 const u8 *sae_data;
1720 size_t sae_data_len;
1721};
1722
1723/**
1724 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
1725 *
1726 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
1727 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
1728 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
1729 */
1730enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
1731 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
1732 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
1733 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
1734};
1735
1736/**
1737 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
1738 *
1739 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1740 * (re)association.
1741 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
1742 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
1743 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
1744 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
1745 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
1746 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1747 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
1748 * @crypto: crypto settings
1749 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame
1750 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1751 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1752 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1753 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1754 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
1755 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
1756 */
1757struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
1758 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1759 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
1760 size_t ie_len;
1761 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1762 bool use_mfp;
1763 u32 flags;
1764 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1765 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1766 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
1767};
1768
1769/**
1770 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
1771 *
1772 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1773 * deauthentication.
1774 *
1775 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
1776 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
1777 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1778 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
1779 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
1780 * do not set a deauth frame
1781 */
1782struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
1783 const u8 *bssid;
1784 const u8 *ie;
1785 size_t ie_len;
1786 u16 reason_code;
1787 bool local_state_change;
1788};
1789
1790/**
1791 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
1792 *
1793 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1794 * disassocation.
1795 *
1796 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
1797 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
1798 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
1799 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
1800 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
1801 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
1802 */
1803struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
1804 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
1805 const u8 *ie;
1806 size_t ie_len;
1807 u16 reason_code;
1808 bool local_state_change;
1809};
1810
1811/**
1812 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
1813 *
1814 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
1815 * method.
1816 *
1817 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
1818 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
1819 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
1820 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
1821 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
1822 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
1823 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
1824 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
1825 * @ie_len: length of that
1826 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1827 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
1828 * after joining
1829 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
1830 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
1831 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
1832 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
1833 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1834 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1835 * to operate on DFS channels.
1836 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
1837 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
1838 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1839 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1840 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1841 */
1842struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
1843 const u8 *ssid;
1844 const u8 *bssid;
1845 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1846 const u8 *ie;
1847 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
1848 u16 beacon_interval;
1849 u32 basic_rates;
1850 bool channel_fixed;
1851 bool privacy;
1852 bool control_port;
1853 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1854 int mcast_rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1855 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1856 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1857};
1858
1859/**
1860 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
1861 *
1862 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
1863 * authentication and association.
1864 *
1865 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
1866 * on scan results)
1867 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
1868 * %NULL if not specified
1869 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
1870 * results)
1871 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
1872 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
1873 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
1874 * to use.
1875 * @ssid: SSID
1876 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
1877 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
1878 * @ie: IEs for association request
1879 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
1880 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
1881 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
1882 * @crypto: crypto settings
1883 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
1884 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
1885 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
1886 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
1887 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
1888 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
1889 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
1890 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
1891 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
1892 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
1893 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
1894 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
1895 * networks.
1896 */
1897struct cfg80211_connect_params {
1898 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
1899 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
1900 const u8 *bssid;
1901 const u8 *bssid_hint;
1902 const u8 *ssid;
1903 size_t ssid_len;
1904 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1905 const u8 *ie;
1906 size_t ie_len;
1907 bool privacy;
1908 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
1909 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1910 const u8 *key;
1911 u8 key_len, key_idx;
1912 u32 flags;
1913 int bg_scan_period;
1914 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
1915 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
1916 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
1917 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
1918 bool pbss;
1919};
1920
1921/**
1922 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
1923 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
1924 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
1925 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
1926 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
1927 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
1928 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
1929 */
1930enum wiphy_params_flags {
1931 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
1932 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
1933 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
1934 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
1935 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
1936 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
1937};
1938
1939/*
1940 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
1941 */
1942struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
1943 struct {
1944 u32 legacy;
1945 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
1946 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
1947 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
1948 } control[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
1949};
1950/**
1951 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
1952 *
1953 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
1954 * caching.
1955 *
1956 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID.
1957 * @pmkid: The PMK material itself.
1958 */
1959struct cfg80211_pmksa {
1960 const u8 *bssid;
1961 const u8 *pmkid;
1962};
1963
1964/**
1965 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
1966 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
1967 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
1968 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
1969 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
1970 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
1971 *
1972 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
1973 * memory, free @mask only!
1974 */
1975struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
1976 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
1977 int pattern_len;
1978 int pkt_offset;
1979};
1980
1981/**
1982 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
1983 *
1984 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
1985 * @src: source IP address
1986 * @dst: destination IP address
1987 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
1988 * @src_port: source port
1989 * @dst_port: destination port
1990 * @payload_len: data payload length
1991 * @payload: data payload buffer
1992 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
1993 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
1994 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
1995 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
1996 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
1997 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
1998 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
1999 */
2000struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2001 struct socket *sock;
2002 __be32 src, dst;
2003 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2004 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2005 int payload_len;
2006 const u8 *payload;
2007 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2008 u32 data_interval;
2009 u32 wake_len;
2010 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2011 u32 tokens_size;
2012 /* must be last, variable member */
2013 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2014};
2015
2016/**
2017 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2018 *
2019 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2020 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2021 * operating as normal during suspend
2022 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2023 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2024 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2025 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2026 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2027 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2028 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2029 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2030 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2031 * NULL if not configured.
2032 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2033 */
2034struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2035 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2036 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2037 rfkill_release;
2038 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2039 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2040 int n_patterns;
2041 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2042};
2043
2044/**
2045 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2046 *
2047 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2048 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2049 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2050 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2051 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2052 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2053 */
2054struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2055 int delay;
2056 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2057 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2058 int n_patterns;
2059};
2060
2061/**
2062 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2063 *
2064 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2065 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2066 * @n_rules: number of rules
2067 */
2068struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2069 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2070 int n_rules;
2071};
2072
2073/**
2074 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2075 *
2076 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2077 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2078 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2079 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2080 * occurred (in MHz)
2081 */
2082struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2083 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2084 int n_channels;
2085 u32 channels[];
2086};
2087
2088/**
2089 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2090 *
2091 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2092 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2093 * match information.
2094 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2095 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2096 */
2097struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2098 int n_matches;
2099 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2100};
2101
2102/**
2103 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2104 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2105 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2106 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2107 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2108 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2109 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2110 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2111 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2112 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2113 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2114 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2115 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2116 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2117 * it is.
2118 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2119 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2120 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2121 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2122 */
2123struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2124 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2125 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2126 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2127 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2128 s32 pattern_idx;
2129 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2130 const void *packet;
2131 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2132};
2133
2134/**
2135 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2136 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2137 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2138 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2139 */
2140struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2141 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2142};
2143
2144/**
2145 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2146 *
2147 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2148 *
2149 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2150 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2151 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2152 */
2153struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2154 u16 md;
2155 const u8 *ie;
2156 size_t ie_len;
2157};
2158
2159/**
2160 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2161 *
2162 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2163 *
2164 * @chan: channel to use
2165 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2166 * @wait: duration for ROC
2167 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2168 * @len: buffer length
2169 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2170 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2171 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2172 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2173 */
2174struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2175 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2176 bool offchan;
2177 unsigned int wait;
2178 const u8 *buf;
2179 size_t len;
2180 bool no_cck;
2181 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2182 int n_csa_offsets;
2183 const u16 *csa_offsets;
2184};
2185
2186/**
2187 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2188 *
2189 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2190 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2191 */
2192struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2193 u8 dscp;
2194 u8 up;
2195};
2196
2197/**
2198 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2199 *
2200 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2201 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2202 */
2203struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2204 u8 low;
2205 u8 high;
2206};
2207
2208/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2209#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2210#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2211#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2212 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2213
2214/**
2215 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2216 *
2217 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2218 *
2219 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2220 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2221 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2222 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2223 */
2224struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2225 u8 num_des;
2226 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2227 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2228};
2229
2230/**
2231 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
2232 *
2233 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
2234 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
2235 *
2236 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
2237 * on success or a negative error code.
2238 *
2239 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
2240 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
2241 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
2242 *
2243 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
2244 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
2245 * configured for the device.
2246 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
2247 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
2248 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
2249 * the device.
2250 *
2251 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
2252 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
2253 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
2254 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
2255 * also set the address member in the wdev.
2256 *
2257 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
2258 *
2259 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
2260 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
2261 *
2262 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
2263 * when adding a group key.
2264 *
2265 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
2266 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
2267 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
2268 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
2269 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
2270 *
2271 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
2272 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
2273 *
2274 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
2275 *
2276 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
2277 *
2278 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
2279 *
2280 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
2281 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
2282 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
2283 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
2284 *
2285 * @add_station: Add a new station.
2286 * @del_station: Remove a station
2287 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
2288 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
2289 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
2290 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
2291 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
2292 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
2293 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2294 *
2295 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
2296 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
2297 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
2298 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
2299 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2300 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
2301 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
2302 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
2303 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2304 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
2305 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2306 *
2307 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
2308 *
2309 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
2310 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
2311 * set, and which to leave alone.
2312 *
2313 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
2314 *
2315 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
2316 *
2317 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
2318 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
2319 * join the mesh instead.
2320 *
2321 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
2322 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
2323 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
2324 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
2325 *
2326 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
2327 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
2328 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
2329 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
2330 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
2331 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
2332 *
2333 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
2334 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2335 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
2336 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2337 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
2338 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2339 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
2340 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2341 *
2342 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
2343 * call cfg80211_connect_result() with status code %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS.
2344 * If the connection fails for some reason, call cfg80211_connect_result()
2345 * with the status from the AP.
2346 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2347 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS.
2348 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2349 *
2350 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
2351 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
2352 * to a merge.
2353 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2354 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
2355 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2356 *
2357 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
2358 * MESH mode)
2359 *
2360 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
2361 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
2362 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
2363 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
2364 *
2365 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
2366 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
2367 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
2368 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
2369 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
2370 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
2371 * return 0 if successful
2372 *
2373 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
2374 *
2375 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
2376 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
2377 *
2378 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
2379 *
2380 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
2381 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
2382 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
2383 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
2384 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
2385 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
2386 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
2387 * the duration value.
2388 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
2389 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
2390 * frame on another channel
2391 *
2392 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
2393 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
2394 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
2395 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
2396 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
2397 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
2398 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
2399 *
2400 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
2401 *
2402 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
2403 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
2404 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
2405 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
2406 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
2407 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
2408 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
2409 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
2410 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
2411 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
2412 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
2413 * disabled.)
2414 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
2415 * thresholds.
2416 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
2417 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan. This
2418 * call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready for starting a new one
2419 * before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be called immediately
2420 * after that again and should not fail in that case. The driver should
2421 * not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested stop (when this
2422 * method returns 0.)
2423 *
2424 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
2425 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
2426 *
2427 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
2428 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
2429 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
2430 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
2431 *
2432 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
2433 *
2434 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
2435 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
2436 *
2437 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
2438 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
2439 *
2440 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
2441 *
2442 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
2443 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
2444 * current monitoring channel.
2445 *
2446 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
2447 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
2448 *
2449 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
2450 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
2451 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
2452 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
2453 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
2454 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
2455 *
2456 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
2457 *
2458 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
2459 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
2460 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
2461 *
2462 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
2463 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
2464 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
2465 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
2466 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
2467 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
2468 *
2469 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
2470 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
2471 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
2472 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
2473 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
2474 * as soon as possible.
2475 *
2476 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
2477 *
2478 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
2479 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
2480 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
2481 *
2482 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
2483 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
2484 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
2485 * account.
2486 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
2487 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
2488 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
2489 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
2490 * rejected)
2491 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
2492 *
2493 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
2494 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2495 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
2496 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
2497 *
2498 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
2499 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
2500 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
2501 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
2502 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
2503 */
2504struct cfg80211_ops {
2505 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
2506 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2507 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
2508
2509 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2510 const char *name,
2511 unsigned char name_assign_type,
2512 enum nl80211_iftype type,
2513 u32 *flags,
2514 struct vif_params *params);
2515 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2516 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2517 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2518 struct net_device *dev,
2519 enum nl80211_iftype type, u32 *flags,
2520 struct vif_params *params);
2521
2522 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2523 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2524 struct key_params *params);
2525 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2526 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
2527 void *cookie,
2528 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
2529 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2530 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
2531 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2532 struct net_device *netdev,
2533 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
2534 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2535 struct net_device *netdev,
2536 u8 key_index);
2537
2538 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2539 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
2540 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2541 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
2542 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2543
2544
2545 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2546 const u8 *mac,
2547 struct station_parameters *params);
2548 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2549 struct station_del_parameters *params);
2550 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2551 const u8 *mac,
2552 struct station_parameters *params);
2553 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2554 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
2555 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2556 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
2557
2558 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2559 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
2560 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2561 const u8 *dst);
2562 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2563 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
2564 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2565 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2566 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2567 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
2568 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2569 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2570 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2571 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2572 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
2573 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
2574 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2575 struct net_device *dev,
2576 struct mesh_config *conf);
2577 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2578 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
2579 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
2580 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2581 const struct mesh_config *conf,
2582 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
2583 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2584
2585 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2586 struct ocb_setup *setup);
2587 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2588
2589 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2590 struct bss_parameters *params);
2591
2592 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2593 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
2594
2595 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2596 struct net_device *dev,
2597 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
2598
2599 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2600 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2601
2602 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2603 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
2604 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2605
2606 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2607 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
2608 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2609 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
2610 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2611 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
2612 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2613 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
2614
2615 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2616 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
2617 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2618 u16 reason_code);
2619
2620 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2621 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
2622 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2623
2624 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2625 int rate[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS]);
2626
2627 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
2628
2629 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2630 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
2631 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2632 int *dbm);
2633
2634 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2635 const u8 *addr);
2636
2637 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2638
2639#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
2640 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2641 void *data, int len);
2642 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
2643 struct netlink_callback *cb,
2644 void *data, int len);
2645#endif
2646
2647 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2648 struct net_device *dev,
2649 const u8 *peer,
2650 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
2651
2652 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2653 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
2654
2655 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2656 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
2657 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
2658 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
2659 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
2660
2661 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2662 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2663 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
2664 unsigned int duration,
2665 u64 *cookie);
2666 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2667 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2668 u64 cookie);
2669
2670 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2671 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
2672 u64 *cookie);
2673 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2674 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2675 u64 cookie);
2676
2677 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2678 bool enabled, int timeout);
2679
2680 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2681 struct net_device *dev,
2682 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
2683
2684 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2685 struct net_device *dev,
2686 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
2687
2688 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2689 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2690 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
2691
2692 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
2693 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
2694
2695 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2696 struct net_device *dev,
2697 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
2698 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
2699
2700 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2701 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
2702
2703 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2704 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
2705 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
2706 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
2707 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2708 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
2709
2710 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2711 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
2712
2713 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2714 struct net_device *dev,
2715 u16 noack_map);
2716
2717 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2718 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2719 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2720
2721 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2722 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2723 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2724 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2725
2726 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2727 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
2728
2729 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2730 struct net_device *dev,
2731 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
2732 u32 cac_time_ms);
2733 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2734 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
2735 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2736 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
2737 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
2738 u16 duration);
2739 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2740 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
2741 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2742 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
2743
2744 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2745 struct net_device *dev,
2746 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
2747
2748 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2749 struct net_device *dev,
2750 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
2751
2752 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2753 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2754
2755 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2756 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
2757 u16 admitted_time);
2758 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
2759 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
2760
2761 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2762 struct net_device *dev,
2763 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
2764 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
2765 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
2766 struct net_device *dev,
2767 const u8 *addr);
2768};
2769
2770/*
2771 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
2772 * and registration/helper functions
2773 */
2774
2775/**
2776 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
2777 *
2778 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
2779 * wiphy at all
2780 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
2781 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
2782 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
2783 * reason to override the default
2784 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
2785 * on a VLAN interface)
2786 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
2787 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
2788 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
2789 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
2790 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
2791 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
2792 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
2793 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN: The device supports scheduled scans.
2794 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
2795 * firmware.
2796 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
2797 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
2798 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
2799 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
2800 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
2801 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2802 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
2803 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
2804 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
2805 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
2806 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
2807 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
2808 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
2809 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
2810 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
2811 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
2812 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
2813 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
2814 */
2815enum wiphy_flags {
2816 /* use hole at 0 */
2817 /* use hole at 1 */
2818 /* use hole at 2 */
2819 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
2820 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
2821 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
2822 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
2823 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
2824 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
2825 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
2826 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_SCHED_SCAN = BIT(11),
2827 /* use hole at 12 */
2828 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
2829 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
2830 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
2831 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
2832 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
2833 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
2834 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
2835 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
2836 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
2837 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
2838 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
2839};
2840
2841/**
2842 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
2843 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
2844 * @types: interface types (bits)
2845 */
2846struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
2847 u16 max;
2848 u16 types;
2849};
2850
2851/**
2852 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
2853 * @limits: limits for the given interface types
2854 * @n_limits: number of limitations
2855 * @num_different_channels: can use up to this many different channels
2856 * @max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this
2857 * group
2858 * @beacon_int_infra_match: In this combination, the beacon intervals
2859 * between infrastructure and AP types must match. This is required
2860 * only in special cases.
2861 * @radar_detect_widths: bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
2862 * @radar_detect_regions: bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
2863 *
2864 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
2865 * combinations it supports concurrently.
2866 *
2867 * Examples:
2868 *
2869 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
2870 *
2871 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
2872 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
2873 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
2874 * };
2875 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
2876 * .limits = limits1,
2877 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
2878 * .max_interfaces = 2,
2879 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
2880 * };
2881 *
2882 *
2883 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
2884 *
2885 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
2886 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
2887 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
2888 * };
2889 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
2890 * .limits = limits2,
2891 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
2892 * .max_interfaces = 8,
2893 * .num_different_channels = 1,
2894 * };
2895 *
2896 *
2897 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
2898 *
2899 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
2900 *
2901 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
2902 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
2903 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
2904 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
2905 * };
2906 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
2907 * .limits = limits3,
2908 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
2909 * .max_interfaces = 4,
2910 * .num_different_channels = 2,
2911 * };
2912 */
2913struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
2914 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
2915 u32 num_different_channels;
2916 u16 max_interfaces;
2917 u8 n_limits;
2918 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
2919 u8 radar_detect_widths;
2920 u8 radar_detect_regions;
2921};
2922
2923struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
2924 u16 tx, rx;
2925};
2926
2927/**
2928 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
2929 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
2930 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
2931 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
2932 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
2933 * packet should be preserved in that case
2934 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
2935 * (see nl80211.h)
2936 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
2937 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
2938 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
2939 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
2940 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
2941 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
2942 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
2943 */
2944enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
2945 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
2946 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
2947 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
2948 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
2949 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
2950 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
2951 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
2952 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
2953 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
2954};
2955
2956struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
2957 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
2958 u32 data_payload_max;
2959 u32 data_interval_max;
2960 u32 wake_payload_max;
2961 bool seq;
2962};
2963
2964/**
2965 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
2966 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
2967 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
2968 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
2969 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
2970 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
2971 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
2972 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
2973 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
2974 * scheduled scans.
2975 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
2976 * details.
2977 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
2978 */
2979struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
2980 u32 flags;
2981 int n_patterns;
2982 int pattern_max_len;
2983 int pattern_min_len;
2984 int max_pkt_offset;
2985 int max_nd_match_sets;
2986 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
2987};
2988
2989/**
2990 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
2991 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
2992 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
2993 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
2994 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
2995 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
2996 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
2997 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
2998 */
2999struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
3000 int n_rules;
3001 int max_delay;
3002 int n_patterns;
3003 int pattern_max_len;
3004 int pattern_min_len;
3005 int max_pkt_offset;
3006};
3007
3008/**
3009 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
3010 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
3011 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
3012 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
3013 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
3014 */
3015enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
3016 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
3017 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
3018 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
3019};
3020
3021/**
3022 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
3023 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
3024 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
3025 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
3026 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
3027 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
3028 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
3029 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
3030 * dumpit calls.
3031 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
3032 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
3033 * are used with dump requests.
3034 */
3035struct wiphy_vendor_command {
3036 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
3037 u32 flags;
3038 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3039 const void *data, int data_len);
3040 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3041 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
3042 unsigned long *storage);
3043};
3044
3045/**
3046 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
3047 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
3048 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
3049 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
3050 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
3051 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
3052 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
3053 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
3054 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
3055 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
3056 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
3057 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
3058 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
3059 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
3060 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
3061 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
3062 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
3063 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
3064 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
3065 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
3066 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
3067 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
3068 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
3069 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
3070 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
3071 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
3072 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
3073 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
3074 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
3075 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
3076 * unregister hardware
3077 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
3078 * automatically on wiphy renames
3079 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
3080 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
3081 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
3082 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
3083 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
3084 * must be set by driver
3085 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
3086 * list single interface types.
3087 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
3088 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
3089 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
3090 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
3091 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
3092 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
3093 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
3094 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
3095 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
3096 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
3097 * this variable determines its size
3098 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
3099 * any given scan
3100 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
3101 * for in any given scheduled scan
3102 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
3103 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
3104 * supported.
3105 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
3106 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
3107 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
3108 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
3109 * scans
3110 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
3111 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
3112 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
3113 * single scan plan supported by the device.
3114 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
3115 * scan plan supported by the device.
3116 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
3117 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
3118 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
3119 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
3120 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
3121 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
3122 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
3123 *
3124 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
3125 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
3126 * type
3127 *
3128 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3129 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3130 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
3131 *
3132 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
3133 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
3134 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
3135 *
3136 * @probe_resp_offload:
3137 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
3138 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3139 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3140 *
3141 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
3142 * may request, if implemented.
3143 *
3144 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
3145 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
3146 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
3147 * to the suspend() operation instead.
3148 *
3149 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
3150 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
3151 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3152 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
3153 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
3154 *
3155 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
3156 * supports for ACL.
3157 *
3158 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
3159 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
3160 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
3161 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
3162 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
3163 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
3164 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
3165 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
3166 *
3167 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
3168 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
3169 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
3170 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
3171 *
3172 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
3173 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
3174 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
3175 * some cases, but may not always reach.
3176 *
3177 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
3178 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
3179 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
3180 * infinite.
3181 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
3182 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
3183 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
3184 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
3185 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
3186 * This value should be set in MHz.
3187 */
3188struct wiphy {
3189 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
3190
3191 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
3192 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
3193 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
3194
3195 struct mac_address *addresses;
3196
3197 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
3198
3199 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
3200 int n_iface_combinations;
3201 u16 software_iftypes;
3202
3203 u16 n_addresses;
3204
3205 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
3206 u16 interface_modes;
3207
3208 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
3209
3210 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
3211 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
3212
3213 u32 ap_sme_capa;
3214
3215 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
3216
3217 int bss_priv_size;
3218 u8 max_scan_ssids;
3219 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
3220 u8 max_match_sets;
3221 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
3222 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
3223 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
3224 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
3225 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
3226
3227 int n_cipher_suites;
3228 const u32 *cipher_suites;
3229
3230 u8 retry_short;
3231 u8 retry_long;
3232 u32 frag_threshold;
3233 u32 rts_threshold;
3234 u8 coverage_class;
3235
3236 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
3237 u32 hw_version;
3238
3239#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3240 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
3241 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
3242#endif
3243
3244 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
3245
3246 u8 max_num_pmkids;
3247
3248 u32 available_antennas_tx;
3249 u32 available_antennas_rx;
3250
3251 /*
3252 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
3253 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
3254 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
3255 */
3256 u32 probe_resp_offload;
3257
3258 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
3259 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
3260
3261 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
3262 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
3263 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
3264 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
3265 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
3266 const void *privid;
3267
3268 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[IEEE80211_NUM_BANDS];
3269
3270 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
3271 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3272 struct regulatory_request *request);
3273
3274 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
3275
3276 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
3277
3278 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
3279 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
3280 struct device dev;
3281
3282 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
3283 bool registered;
3284
3285 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
3286 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
3287
3288 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
3289 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
3290
3291 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
3292 possible_net_t _net;
3293
3294#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3295 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
3296#endif
3297
3298 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
3299
3300 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
3301 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
3302 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
3303
3304 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
3305
3306 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
3307 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
3308
3309 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
3310};
3311
3312static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3313{
3314 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
3315}
3316
3317static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
3318{
3319 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
3320}
3321
3322/**
3323 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
3324 *
3325 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
3326 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
3327 */
3328static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3329{
3330 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
3331 return &wiphy->priv;
3332}
3333
3334/**
3335 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
3336 *
3337 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
3338 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
3339 */
3340static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
3341{
3342 BUG_ON(!priv);
3343 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
3344}
3345
3346/**
3347 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
3348 *
3349 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
3350 * @dev: The device to parent it to
3351 */
3352static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
3353{
3354 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
3355}
3356
3357/**
3358 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
3359 *
3360 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
3361 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
3362 */
3363static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
3364{
3365 return wiphy->dev.parent;
3366}
3367
3368/**
3369 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
3370 *
3371 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
3372 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
3373 */
3374static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
3375{
3376 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
3377}
3378
3379/**
3380 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
3381 *
3382 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
3383 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
3384 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
3385 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
3386 *
3387 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
3388 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
3389 *
3390 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
3391 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
3392 */
3393struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
3394 const char *requested_name);
3395
3396/**
3397 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
3398 *
3399 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
3400 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
3401 *
3402 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
3403 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
3404 *
3405 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
3406 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
3407 */
3408static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
3409 int sizeof_priv)
3410{
3411 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
3412}
3413
3414/**
3415 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
3416 *
3417 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
3418 *
3419 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
3420 */
3421int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3422
3423/**
3424 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
3425 *
3426 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
3427 *
3428 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
3429 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
3430 * request that is being handled.
3431 */
3432void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3433
3434/**
3435 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
3436 *
3437 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
3438 */
3439void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3440
3441/* internal structs */
3442struct cfg80211_conn;
3443struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
3444struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
3445
3446/**
3447 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
3448 *
3449 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
3450 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
3451 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
3452 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
3453 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
3454 *
3455 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
3456 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
3457 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
3458 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
3459 *
3460 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
3461 * @iftype: interface type
3462 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
3463 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
3464 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
3465 * wireless device if it has no netdev
3466 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3467 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
3468 * the user-set channel definition.
3469 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
3470 * track the channel to be used for AP later
3471 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3472 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3473 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3474 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3475 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
3476 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
3477 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
3478 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
3479 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
3480 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
3481 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
3482 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
3483 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
3484 * and some API functions require it held
3485 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
3486 * beacons, 0 when not valid
3487 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
3488 * @p2p_started: true if this is a P2P Device that has been started
3489 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
3490 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
3491 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
3492 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
3493 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
3494 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
3495 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
3496 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
3497 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
3498 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
3499 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
3500 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
3501 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
3502 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
3503 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
3504 */
3505struct wireless_dev {
3506 struct wiphy *wiphy;
3507 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
3508
3509 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
3510 struct list_head list;
3511 struct net_device *netdev;
3512
3513 u32 identifier;
3514
3515 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
3516 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
3517
3518 struct mutex mtx;
3519
3520 bool use_4addr, p2p_started;
3521
3522 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
3523
3524 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
3525 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
3526 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
3527 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
3528 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
3529 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
3530
3531 struct list_head event_list;
3532 spinlock_t event_lock;
3533
3534 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
3535 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
3536 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3537
3538 bool ibss_fixed;
3539 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
3540
3541 bool ps;
3542 int ps_timeout;
3543
3544 int beacon_interval;
3545
3546 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
3547
3548 bool cac_started;
3549 unsigned long cac_start_time;
3550 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
3551
3552 u32 owner_nlportid;
3553
3554#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
3555 /* wext data */
3556 struct {
3557 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
3558 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
3559 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
3560 const u8 *ie;
3561 size_t ie_len;
3562 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN], prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
3563 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
3564 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
3565 bool prev_bssid_valid;
3566 } wext;
3567#endif
3568};
3569
3570static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
3571{
3572 if (wdev->netdev)
3573 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
3574 return wdev->address;
3575}
3576
3577/**
3578 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
3579 *
3580 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
3581 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
3582 */
3583static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
3584{
3585 BUG_ON(!wdev);
3586 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
3587}
3588
3589/**
3590 * DOC: Utility functions
3591 *
3592 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
3593 */
3594
3595/**
3596 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
3597 * @chan: channel number
3598 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
3599 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
3600 */
3601int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum ieee80211_band band);
3602
3603/**
3604 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
3605 * @freq: center frequency
3606 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
3607 */
3608int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
3609
3610/*
3611 * Name indirection necessary because the ieee80211 code also has
3612 * a function named "ieee80211_get_channel", so if you include
3613 * cfg80211's header file you get cfg80211's version, if you try
3614 * to include both header files you'll (rightfully!) get a symbol
3615 * clash.
3616 */
3617struct ieee80211_channel *__ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3618 int freq);
3619/**
3620 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
3621 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
3622 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
3623 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
3624 */
3625static inline struct ieee80211_channel *
3626ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq)
3627{
3628 return __ieee80211_get_channel(wiphy, freq);
3629}
3630
3631/**
3632 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
3633 *
3634 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
3635 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
3636 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
3637 *
3638 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
3639 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
3640 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
3641 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
3642 */
3643struct ieee80211_rate *
3644ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3645 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
3646
3647/**
3648 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
3649 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
3650 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
3651 *
3652 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
3653 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
3654 */
3655u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
3656 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
3657
3658/*
3659 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
3660 *
3661 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
3662 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
3663 */
3664
3665struct radiotap_align_size {
3666 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
3667};
3668
3669struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
3670 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
3671 int n_bits;
3672 uint32_t oui;
3673 uint8_t subns;
3674};
3675
3676struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
3677 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
3678 int n_ns;
3679};
3680
3681/**
3682 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
3683 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
3684 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
3685 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
3686 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
3687 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
3688 * the beginning of the actual data portion
3689 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
3690 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
3691 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
3692 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
3693 * radiotap namespace or not
3694 *
3695 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
3696 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
3697 * @_arg_index: next argument index
3698 * @_arg: next argument pointer
3699 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
3700 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
3701 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
3702 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
3703 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
3704 * next bitmap word
3705 *
3706 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
3707 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
3708 */
3709
3710struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
3711 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
3712 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
3713 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
3714
3715 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
3716 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
3717
3718 unsigned char *this_arg;
3719 int this_arg_index;
3720 int this_arg_size;
3721
3722 int is_radiotap_ns;
3723
3724 int _max_length;
3725 int _arg_index;
3726 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
3727 int _reset_on_ext;
3728};
3729
3730int
3731ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
3732 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
3733 int max_length,
3734 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
3735
3736int
3737ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
3738
3739
3740extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
3741extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
3742
3743/**
3744 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
3745 *
3746 * @skb: the frame
3747 *
3748 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
3749 * returns the 802.11 header length.
3750 *
3751 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
3752 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
3753 * 802.11 header.
3754 */
3755unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
3756
3757/**
3758 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
3759 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
3760 * Return: The header length in bytes.
3761 */
3762unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
3763
3764/**
3765 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
3766 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
3767 * (first byte) will be accessed
3768 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
3769 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
3770 */
3771unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
3772
3773/**
3774 * DOC: Data path helpers
3775 *
3776 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
3777 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
3778 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
3779 */
3780
3781/**
3782 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
3783 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
3784 * @addr: the device MAC address
3785 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
3786 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
3787 */
3788int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
3789 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
3790
3791/**
3792 * ieee80211_data_from_8023 - convert an 802.3 frame to 802.11
3793 * @skb: the 802.3 frame
3794 * @addr: the device MAC address
3795 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
3796 * @bssid: the network bssid (used only for iftype STATION and ADHOC)
3797 * @qos: build 802.11 QoS data frame
3798 * Return: 0 on success, or a negative error code.
3799 */
3800int ieee80211_data_from_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
3801 enum nl80211_iftype iftype, const u8 *bssid,
3802 bool qos);
3803
3804/**
3805 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
3806 *
3807 * Decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame and convert it to a list of
3808 * 802.3 frames. The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The
3809 * @skb is consumed after the function returns.
3810 *
3811 * @skb: The input IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame.
3812 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
3813 * initialized by by the caller.
3814 * @addr: The device MAC address.
3815 * @iftype: The device interface type.
3816 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
3817 * @has_80211_header: Set it true if SKB is with IEEE 802.11 header.
3818 */
3819void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
3820 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
3821 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
3822 bool has_80211_header);
3823
3824/**
3825 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
3826 * @skb: the data frame
3827 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
3828 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
3829 */
3830unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
3831 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3832
3833/**
3834 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
3835 *
3836 * @eid: element ID
3837 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
3838 * @len: length of data
3839 *
3840 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
3841 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
3842 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
3843 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
3844 *
3845 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
3846 * having to fit into the given data.
3847 */
3848const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len);
3849
3850/**
3851 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
3852 *
3853 * @oui: vendor OUI
3854 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type
3855 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
3856 * @len: length of data
3857 *
3858 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
3859 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
3860 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
3861 * element ID.
3862 *
3863 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
3864 * the given data.
3865 */
3866const u8 *cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, u8 oui_type,
3867 const u8 *ies, int len);
3868
3869/**
3870 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
3871 *
3872 * TODO
3873 */
3874
3875/**
3876 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
3877 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
3878 * conflicts)
3879 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
3880 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
3881 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
3882 * alpha2.
3883 *
3884 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
3885 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
3886 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
3887 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
3888 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
3889 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
3890 *
3891 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
3892 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
3893 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
3894 *
3895 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
3896 * an -ENOMEM.
3897 *
3898 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
3899 */
3900int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
3901
3902/**
3903 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
3904 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
3905 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
3906 *
3907 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
3908 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
3909 * information.
3910 *
3911 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
3912 */
3913int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
3915
3916/**
3917 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
3918 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
3919 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
3920 *
3921 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
3922 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
3923 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
3924 *
3925 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
3926 */
3927int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3928 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
3929
3930/**
3931 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
3932 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
3933 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
3934 *
3935 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
3936 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
3937 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
3938 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
3939 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
3940 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
3941 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
3942 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
3943 * that called this helper.
3944 */
3945void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3946 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
3947
3948/**
3949 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
3950 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
3951 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
3952 *
3953 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
3954 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
3955 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
3956 * and processed already.
3957 *
3958 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
3959 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
3960 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
3961 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
3962 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
3963 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
3964 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
3965 */
3966const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3967 u32 center_freq);
3968
3969/**
3970 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
3971 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
3972 *
3973 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
3974 * proper string representation.
3975 */
3976const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
3977
3978/*
3979 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
3980 * functions and BSS handling helpers
3981 */
3982
3983/**
3984 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
3985 *
3986 * @request: the corresponding scan request
3987 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
3988 * userspace will be notified of that
3989 */
3990void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, bool aborted);
3991
3992/**
3993 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
3994 *
3995 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
3996 */
3997void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3998
3999/**
4000 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4001 *
4002 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4003 *
4004 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4005 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4006 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4007 */
4008void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4009
4010/**
4011 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
4012 *
4013 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
4014 *
4015 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
4016 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
4017 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
4018 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
4019 */
4020void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4021
4022/**
4023 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
4024 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4025 * @data: the BSS metadata
4026 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
4027 * @len: length of the management frame
4028 * @gfp: context flags
4029 *
4030 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4031 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4032 *
4033 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4034 * Or %NULL on error.
4035 */
4036struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4037cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4038 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4039 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4040 gfp_t gfp);
4041
4042static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4043cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4044 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4045 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4046 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4047 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4048{
4049 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4050 .chan = rx_channel,
4051 .scan_width = scan_width,
4052 .signal = signal,
4053 };
4054
4055 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4056}
4057
4058static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4059cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4060 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4061 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
4062 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4063{
4064 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4065 .chan = rx_channel,
4066 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4067 .signal = signal,
4068 };
4069
4070 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
4071}
4072
4073/**
4074 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
4075 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
4076 * from a beacon or probe response
4077 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
4078 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
4079 */
4080enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
4081 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
4082 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
4083 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
4084};
4085
4086/**
4087 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
4088 *
4089 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
4090 * @data: the BSS metadata
4091 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
4092 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
4093 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
4094 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
4095 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
4096 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
4097 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
4098 * @gfp: context flags
4099 *
4100 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
4101 * the BSS should be updated/added.
4102 *
4103 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
4104 * Or %NULL on error.
4105 */
4106struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4107cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4108 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
4109 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4110 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4111 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4112 gfp_t gfp);
4113
4114static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4115cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4116 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4117 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
4118 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4119 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4120 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4121 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4122{
4123 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4124 .chan = rx_channel,
4125 .scan_width = scan_width,
4126 .signal = signal,
4127 };
4128
4129 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4130 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4131 gfp);
4132}
4133
4134static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
4135cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4136 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
4137 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
4138 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
4139 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
4140 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
4141{
4142 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
4143 .chan = rx_channel,
4144 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
4145 .signal = signal,
4146 };
4147
4148 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
4149 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
4150 gfp);
4151}
4152
4153struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4154 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4155 const u8 *bssid,
4156 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
4157 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
4158 enum ieee80211_privacy);
4159static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
4160cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4161 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4162 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
4163{
4164 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
4165 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
4166 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
4167}
4168
4169/**
4170 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
4171 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4172 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
4173 *
4174 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4175 */
4176void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4177
4178/**
4179 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
4180 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
4181 * @bss: the BSS struct
4182 *
4183 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
4184 */
4185void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4186
4187/**
4188 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
4189 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4190 * @bss: the bss to remove
4191 *
4192 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
4193 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
4194 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
4195 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
4196 */
4197void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4198
4199static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
4200cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
4201{
4202 switch (chandef->width) {
4203 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
4204 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
4205 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
4206 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
4207 default:
4208 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
4209 }
4210}
4211
4212/**
4213 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
4214 * @dev: network device
4215 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4216 * @len: length of the frame data
4217 *
4218 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
4219 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
4220 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
4221 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4222 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4223 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4224 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
4225 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
4226 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
4227 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
4228 *
4229 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4230 */
4231void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4232
4233/**
4234 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
4235 * @dev: network device
4236 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
4237 *
4238 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
4239 * mutex.
4240 */
4241void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
4242
4243/**
4244 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
4245 * @dev: network device
4246 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
4247 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
4248 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
4249 * @len: length of the frame data
4250 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of ACs configured to uapsd. -1 if n/a.
4251 *
4252 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
4253 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
4254 *
4255 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4256 */
4257void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
4258 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4259 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
4260 int uapsd_queues);
4261
4262/**
4263 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
4264 * @dev: network device
4265 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
4266 *
4267 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
4268 */
4269void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
4270
4271/**
4272 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
4273 * @dev: network device
4274 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
4275 * @len: length of the frame data
4276 *
4277 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
4278 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
4279 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
4280 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
4281 */
4282void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4283
4284/**
4285 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
4286 * @dev: network device
4287 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
4288 * @len: length of the frame data
4289 *
4290 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
4291 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
4292 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
4293 */
4294void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
4295 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
4296
4297/**
4298 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
4299 * @dev: network device
4300 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
4301 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
4302 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
4303 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
4304 * @gfp: allocation flags
4305 *
4306 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
4307 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
4308 * primitive.
4309 */
4310void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
4311 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
4312 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
4313
4314/**
4315 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
4316 *
4317 * @dev: network device
4318 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
4319 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
4320 * @gfp: allocation flags
4321 *
4322 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
4323 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
4324 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
4325 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
4326 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
4327 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
4328 */
4329void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
4330 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
4331
4332/**
4333 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
4334 *
4335 * @dev: network device
4336 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
4337 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
4338 * @ie_len: lenght of the information elements buffer
4339 * @gfp: allocation flags
4340 *
4341 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
4342 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
4343 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
4344 */
4345void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
4346 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4347
4348/**
4349 * DOC: RFkill integration
4350 *
4351 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
4352 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
4353 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
4354 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
4355 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
4356 *
4357 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
4358 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
4359 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
4360 */
4361
4362/**
4363 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
4364 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4365 * @blocked: block status
4366 */
4367void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
4368
4369/**
4370 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
4371 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4372 */
4373void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4374
4375/**
4376 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
4377 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4378 */
4379void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4380
4381/**
4382 * DOC: Vendor commands
4383 *
4384 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
4385 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
4386 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
4387 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
4388 * the configuration mechanism.
4389 *
4390 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
4391 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
4392 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
4393 *
4394 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
4395 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
4396 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
4397 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
4398 * managers etc. need.
4399 */
4400
4401struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4402 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
4403 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
4404 int approxlen);
4405
4406struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4407 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4408 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
4409 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
4410 int vendor_event_idx,
4411 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
4412
4413void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
4414
4415/**
4416 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
4417 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4418 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4419 * be put into the skb
4420 *
4421 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
4422 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
4423 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
4424 *
4425 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
4426 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
4427 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
4428 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
4429 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
4430 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
4431 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
4432 *
4433 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
4434 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
4435 *
4436 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4437 */
4438static inline struct sk_buff *
4439cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
4440{
4441 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
4442 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
4443}
4444
4445/**
4446 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
4447 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4448 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
4449 *
4450 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
4451 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
4452 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
4453 * skb regardless of the return value.
4454 *
4455 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
4456 */
4457int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
4458
4459/**
4460 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
4461 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4462 * @wdev: the wireless device
4463 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
4464 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4465 * be put into the skb
4466 * @gfp: allocation flags
4467 *
4468 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
4469 * vendor-specific multicast group.
4470 *
4471 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
4472 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
4473 * attribute.
4474 *
4475 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
4476 * skb to send the event.
4477 *
4478 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4479 */
4480static inline struct sk_buff *
4481cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4482 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
4483{
4484 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
4485 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
4486 event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
4487}
4488
4489/**
4490 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
4491 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
4492 * @gfp: allocation flags
4493 *
4494 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
4495 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
4496 */
4497static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
4498{
4499 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
4500}
4501
4502#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
4503/**
4504 * DOC: Test mode
4505 *
4506 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
4507 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
4508 * factory programming.
4509 *
4510 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
4511 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
4512 */
4513
4514/**
4515 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
4516 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4517 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4518 * be put into the skb
4519 *
4520 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
4521 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
4522 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
4523 *
4524 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
4525 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
4526 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
4527 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
4528 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
4529 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
4530 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
4531 *
4532 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
4533 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
4534 *
4535 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4536 */
4537static inline struct sk_buff *
4538cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
4539{
4540 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
4541 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
4542}
4543
4544/**
4545 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
4546 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4547 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
4548 *
4549 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
4550 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
4551 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
4552 * regardless of the return value.
4553 *
4554 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
4555 */
4556static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
4557{
4558 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
4559}
4560
4561/**
4562 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
4563 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4564 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
4565 * be put into the skb
4566 * @gfp: allocation flags
4567 *
4568 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
4569 * testmode multicast group.
4570 *
4571 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
4572 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
4573 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
4574 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
4575 * in any other way.
4576 *
4577 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
4578 * skb to send the event.
4579 *
4580 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
4581 */
4582static inline struct sk_buff *
4583cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
4584{
4585 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
4586 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, -1,
4587 approxlen, gfp);
4588}
4589
4590/**
4591 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
4592 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
4593 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
4594 * @gfp: allocation flags
4595 *
4596 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
4597 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
4598 * consumes it.
4599 */
4600static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
4601{
4602 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
4603}
4604
4605#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
4606#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
4607#else
4608#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
4609#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
4610#endif
4611
4612/**
4613 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
4614 *
4615 * @dev: network device
4616 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
4617 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4618 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4619 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4620 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4621 * @status: status code, 0 for successful connection, use
4622 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
4623 * the real status code for failures.
4624 * @gfp: allocation flags
4625 *
4626 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has
4627 * succeeded.
4628 */
4629void cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
4630 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4631 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
4632 u16 status, gfp_t gfp);
4633
4634/**
4635 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
4636 *
4637 * @dev: network device
4638 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
4639 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP
4640 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4641 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4642 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4643 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4644 * @gfp: allocation flags
4645 *
4646 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed
4647 * from one AP to another while connected.
4648 */
4649void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev,
4650 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
4651 const u8 *bssid,
4652 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4653 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4654
4655/**
4656 * cfg80211_roamed_bss - notify cfg80211 of roaming
4657 *
4658 * @dev: network device
4659 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed
4660 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
4661 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
4662 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
4663 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
4664 * @gfp: allocation flags
4665 *
4666 * This is just a wrapper to notify cfg80211 of roaming event with driver
4667 * passing bss to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. It should be
4668 * called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP to another
4669 * while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in firmware
4670 * may use this function to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where the bss
4671 * entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the time
4672 * it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
4673 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
4674 * either in cfg80211_roamed_bss() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise,
4675 * it will be released while diconneting from the current bss.
4676 */
4677void cfg80211_roamed_bss(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
4678 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
4679 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, gfp_t gfp);
4680
4681/**
4682 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
4683 *
4684 * @dev: network device
4685 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
4686 * @ie_len: length of IEs
4687 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
4688 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
4689 * @gfp: allocation flags
4690 *
4691 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
4692 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
4693 */
4694void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
4695 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
4696 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
4697
4698/**
4699 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
4700 * @wdev: wireless device
4701 * @cookie: the request cookie
4702 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
4703 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
4704 * channel
4705 * @gfp: allocation flags
4706 */
4707void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4708 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4709 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
4710
4711/**
4712 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
4713 * @wdev: wireless device
4714 * @cookie: the request cookie
4715 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
4716 * @gfp: allocation flags
4717 */
4718void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4719 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
4720 gfp_t gfp);
4721
4722
4723/**
4724 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
4725 *
4726 * @dev: the netdev
4727 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4728 * @sinfo: the station information
4729 * @gfp: allocation flags
4730 */
4731void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
4732 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
4733
4734/**
4735 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
4736 * @dev: the netdev
4737 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4738 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
4739 * @gfp: allocation flags
4740 */
4741void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
4742 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
4743
4744/**
4745 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
4746 *
4747 * @dev: the netdev
4748 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4749 * @gfp: allocation flags
4750 */
4751static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
4752 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
4753{
4754 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
4755}
4756
4757/**
4758 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
4759 *
4760 * @dev: the netdev
4761 * @mac_addr: the station's address
4762 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
4763 * @gfp: allocation flags
4764 *
4765 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
4766 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
4767 * for some reasons, this function is called.
4768 *
4769 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
4770 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
4771 */
4772void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
4773 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
4774 gfp_t gfp);
4775
4776/**
4777 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
4778 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
4779 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
4780 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
4781 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
4782 * @len: length of the frame data
4783 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
4784 *
4785 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
4786 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
4787 *
4788 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
4789 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
4790 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
4791 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
4792 */
4793bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
4794 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
4795
4796/**
4797 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
4798 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
4799 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
4800 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
4801 * @len: length of the frame data
4802 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
4803 * @gfp: context flags
4804 *
4805 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
4806 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
4807 * transmission attempt.
4808 */
4809void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
4810 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
4811
4812
4813/**
4814 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
4815 * @dev: network device
4816 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
4817 * @gfp: context flags
4818 *
4819 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
4820 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
4821 */
4822void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
4823 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
4824 gfp_t gfp);
4825
4826/**
4827 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
4828 * @dev: network device
4829 * @peer: peer's MAC address
4830 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
4831 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
4832 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
4833 * @gfp: context flags
4834 */
4835void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
4836 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
4837
4838/**
4839 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
4840 * @dev: network device
4841 * @peer: peer's MAC address
4842 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
4843 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
4844 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
4845 * @gfp: context flags
4846 *
4847 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
4848 * given interval is exceeded.
4849 */
4850void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
4851 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
4852
4853/**
4854 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
4855 * @dev: network device
4856 * @gfp: context flags
4857 *
4858 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
4859 */
4860void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
4861
4862/**
4863 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
4864 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4865 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
4866 * @gfp: context flags
4867 *
4868 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
4869 */
4870void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4871 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
4872
4873/**
4874 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
4875 * @netdev: network device
4876 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
4877 * @event: type of event
4878 * @gfp: context flags
4879 *
4880 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
4881 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
4882 * also by full-MAC drivers.
4883 */
4884void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
4885 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4886 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
4887
4888
4889/**
4890 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
4891 * @dev: network device
4892 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
4893 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
4894 * @gfp: allocation flags
4895 */
4896void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
4897 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
4898
4899/**
4900 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
4901 * @dev: network device
4902 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
4903 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
4904 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
4905 * @gfp: allocation flags
4906 */
4907void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
4908 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
4909
4910/**
4911 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
4912 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
4913 * @addr: the transmitter address
4914 * @gfp: context flags
4915 *
4916 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
4917 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
4918 * sender.
4919 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
4920 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
4921 */
4922bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
4923 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
4924
4925/**
4926 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
4927 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
4928 * @addr: the transmitter address
4929 * @gfp: context flags
4930 *
4931 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
4932 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
4933 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
4934 * station to avoid event flooding.
4935 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
4936 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
4937 */
4938bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
4939 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
4940
4941/**
4942 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
4943 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
4944 * @addr: the address of the peer
4945 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
4946 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
4947 * @gfp: allocation flags
4948 */
4949void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
4950 u64 cookie, bool acked, gfp_t gfp);
4951
4952/**
4953 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
4954 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
4955 * @frame: the frame
4956 * @len: length of the frame
4957 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
4958 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in mBm, or 0 if unknown
4959 *
4960 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
4961 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
4962 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
4963 */
4964void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4965 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
4966 int freq, int sig_dbm);
4967
4968/**
4969 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
4970 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4971 * @chandef: the channel definition
4972 * @iftype: interface type
4973 *
4974 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
4975 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
4976 */
4977bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4978 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4979 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
4980
4981/**
4982 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
4983 * @wiphy: the wiphy
4984 * @chandef: the channel definition
4985 * @iftype: interface type
4986 *
4987 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
4988 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
4989 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
4990 * more permissive conditions.
4991 *
4992 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
4993 */
4994bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4995 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
4996 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
4997
4998/*
4999 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
5000 * @dev: the device which switched channels
5001 * @chandef: the new channel definition
5002 *
5003 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
5004 * driver context!
5005 */
5006void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5007 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
5008
5009/*
5010 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
5011 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
5012 * @chandef: the future channel definition
5013 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
5014 *
5015 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
5016 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
5017 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
5018 */
5019void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
5020 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5021 u8 count);
5022
5023/**
5024 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
5025 *
5026 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
5027 * @band: band pointer to fill
5028 *
5029 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
5030 */
5031bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
5032 enum ieee80211_band *band);
5033
5034/**
5035 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
5036 *
5037 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
5038 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
5039 *
5040 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
5041 */
5042bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5043 u8 *op_class);
5044
5045/*
5046 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
5047 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
5048 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
5049 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
5050 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
5051 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
5052 * @gfp: allocation flags
5053 *
5054 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
5055 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
5056 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
5057 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
5058 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
5059 */
5060void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
5061 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
5062 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
5063
5064/*
5065 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
5066 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
5067 *
5068 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
5069 */
5070u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
5071
5072/**
5073 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
5074 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
5075 *
5076 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
5077 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
5078 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
5079 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
5080 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
5081 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
5082 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
5083 *
5084 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
5085 */
5086void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
5087
5088/**
5089 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
5090 * @ies: FT IEs
5091 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
5092 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
5093 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
5094 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
5095 */
5096struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
5097 const u8 *ies;
5098 size_t ies_len;
5099 const u8 *target_ap;
5100 const u8 *ric_ies;
5101 size_t ric_ies_len;
5102};
5103
5104/**
5105 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
5106 * @netdev: network device
5107 * @ft_event: IE information
5108 */
5109void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
5110 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
5111
5112/**
5113 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
5114 * @ies: the input IE buffer
5115 * @len: the input length
5116 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
5117 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
5118 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
5119 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
5120 *
5121 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
5122 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
5123 *
5124 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
5125 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
5126 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
5127 */
5128int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5129 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
5130 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
5131
5132/**
5133 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
5134 * @ies: the IE buffer
5135 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
5136 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
5137 * the split
5138 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
5139 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
5140 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
5141 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
5142 *
5143 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
5144 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
5145 * split.
5146 *
5147 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
5148 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
5149 *
5150 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
5151 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
5152 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
5153 *
5154 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
5155 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
5156 * of the buffer should be used.
5157 */
5158size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
5159 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
5160 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
5161 size_t offset);
5162
5163/**
5164 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
5165 * @ies: the IE buffer
5166 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
5167 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
5168 * the split
5169 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
5170 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
5171 *
5172 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
5173 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
5174 * split.
5175 *
5176 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
5177 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
5178 *
5179 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
5180 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
5181 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
5182 *
5183 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
5184 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
5185 * of the buffer should be used.
5186 */
5187static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
5188 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
5189{
5190 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
5191}
5192
5193/**
5194 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
5195 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
5196 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
5197 * @gfp: allocation flags
5198 *
5199 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
5200 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
5201 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
5202 * else caused the wakeup.
5203 */
5204void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5205 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
5206 gfp_t gfp);
5207
5208/**
5209 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
5210 *
5211 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
5212 * @gfp: allocation flags
5213 *
5214 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
5215 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
5216 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
5217 */
5218void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
5219
5220/**
5221 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
5222 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5223 *
5224 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
5225 */
5226unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5227
5228/**
5229 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
5230 *
5231 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5232 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
5233 * to use for verification
5234 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
5235 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
5236 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
5237 * @iftype_num: array with the numbers of interfaces of each interface
5238 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
5239 * nl80211_iftype.
5240 *
5241 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
5242 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
5243 * the interface combinations.
5244 */
5245int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5246 const int num_different_channels,
5247 const u8 radar_detect,
5248 const int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]);
5249
5250/**
5251 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
5252 *
5253 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5254 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
5255 * to use for verification
5256 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
5257 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
5258 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
5259 * @iftype_num: array with the numbers of interfaces of each interface
5260 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
5261 * nl80211_iftype.
5262 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
5263 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
5264 *
5265 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
5266 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
5267 * purposes.
5268 */
5269int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5270 const int num_different_channels,
5271 const u8 radar_detect,
5272 const int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES],
5273 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
5274 void *data),
5275 void *data);
5276
5277/*
5278 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
5279 *
5280 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5281 * @wdev: wireless device
5282 * @gfp: context flags
5283 *
5284 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
5285 * disconnected.
5286 *
5287 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
5288 */
5289void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5290 gfp_t gfp);
5291
5292/**
5293 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
5294 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
5295 *
5296 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
5297 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
5298 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
5299 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
5300 *
5301 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
5302 * the driver while the function is running.
5303 */
5304void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5305
5306/**
5307 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
5308 *
5309 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
5310 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
5311 *
5312 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
5313 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
5314 */
5315static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5316 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
5317{
5318 u8 *ft_byte;
5319
5320 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
5321 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
5322}
5323
5324/**
5325 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
5326 *
5327 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
5328 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
5329 *
5330 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
5331 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
5332 */
5333static inline bool
5334wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5335 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
5336{
5337 u8 ft_byte;
5338
5339 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
5340 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
5341}
5342
5343/* ethtool helper */
5344void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
5345
5346/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
5347
5348/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
5349
5350#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
5351 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5352#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
5353 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5354#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
5355 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5356#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
5357 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5358#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
5359 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5360#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
5361 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5362#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
5363 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5364#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
5365 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5366
5367#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
5368 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
5369
5370#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
5371 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
5372
5373#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
5374#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
5375#else
5376#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
5377({ \
5378 if (0) \
5379 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
5380 0; \
5381})
5382#endif
5383
5384/*
5385 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
5386 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
5387 * file/line information and a backtrace.
5388 */
5389#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
5390 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
5391
5392#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
1/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2#ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3#define __NET_CFG80211_H
4/*
5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6 *
7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11 */
12
13#include <linux/netdevice.h>
14#include <linux/debugfs.h>
15#include <linux/list.h>
16#include <linux/bug.h>
17#include <linux/netlink.h>
18#include <linux/skbuff.h>
19#include <linux/nl80211.h>
20#include <linux/if_ether.h>
21#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22#include <linux/net.h>
23#include <net/regulatory.h>
24
25/**
26 * DOC: Introduction
27 *
28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34 *
35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36 * use restrictions.
37 */
38
39
40/**
41 * DOC: Device registration
42 *
43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45 * described below.
46 *
47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56 *
57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60 */
61
62struct wiphy;
63
64/*
65 * wireless hardware capability structures
66 */
67
68/**
69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70 *
71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72 *
73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75 * sending probe requests or beaconing.
76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78 * is not permitted.
79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80 * is not permitted.
81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86 * restrictions.
87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91 * restrictions.
92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95 * on this channel.
96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97 * on this channel.
98 *
99 */
100enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0,
102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1,
103 /* hole at 1<<2 */
104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3,
105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4,
106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5,
107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6,
108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7,
109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8,
110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9,
111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10,
112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11,
113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12,
114};
115
116#define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
118
119#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000
120#define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000)
121
122/**
123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
124 *
125 * This structure describes a single channel for use
126 * with cfg80211.
127 *
128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions
133 * @band: band this channel belongs to.
134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
140 * @orig_mag: internal use
141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use
142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
143 * on this channel.
144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
146 */
147struct ieee80211_channel {
148 enum nl80211_band band;
149 u32 center_freq;
150 u16 hw_value;
151 u32 flags;
152 int max_antenna_gain;
153 int max_power;
154 int max_reg_power;
155 bool beacon_found;
156 u32 orig_flags;
157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
161};
162
163/**
164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
165 *
166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
168 * different bands/PHY modes.
169 *
170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
172 * with CCK rates.
173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
175 * core code when registering the wiphy.
176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
178 * core code when registering the wiphy.
179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181 * core code when registering the wiphy.
182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
185 */
186enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0,
188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1,
189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2,
190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3,
191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4,
192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5,
193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6,
194};
195
196/**
197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
198 *
199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
204 */
205enum ieee80211_bss_type {
206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
211};
212
213/**
214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
215 *
216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
219 */
220enum ieee80211_privacy {
221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
224};
225
226#define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \
227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
228
229/**
230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
231 *
232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
235 * passed around.
236 *
237 * @flags: rate-specific flags
238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
241 * short preamble is used
242 */
243struct ieee80211_rate {
244 u32 flags;
245 u16 bitrate;
246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
247};
248
249/**
250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse
251 *
252 * @enable: is the feature enabled.
253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use
254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use
255 */
256struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd {
257 bool enable;
258 u8 min_offset;
259 u8 max_offset;
260};
261
262/**
263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
264 *
265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
267 *
268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
273 */
274struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
276 bool ht_supported;
277 u8 ampdu_factor;
278 u8 ampdu_density;
279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
280};
281
282/**
283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
284 *
285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
287 *
288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
291 */
292struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
293 bool vht_supported;
294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
296};
297
298#define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25
299
300/**
301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
302 *
303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
305 *
306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
310 */
311struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
312 bool has_he;
313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
316};
317
318/**
319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
320 *
321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the
323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
324 *
325 * @types_mask: interface types mask
326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
327 */
328struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
329 u16 types_mask;
330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
331};
332
333/**
334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations
335 *
336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz
337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz
338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz
339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz
340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and
344 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz
345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
346 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and
348 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz
350 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz,
352 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz
353 */
354enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config {
355 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4,
356 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5,
357 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6,
358 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7,
359 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8,
360 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9,
361 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10,
362 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11,
363 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12,
364 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13,
365 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14,
366 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15,
367};
368
369/**
370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration
371 *
372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration
374 *
375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s)
376 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions.
377 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc.
378 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported.
379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
380 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations
381 */
382struct ieee80211_edmg {
383 u8 channels;
384 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config;
385};
386
387/**
388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
389 *
390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
391 * is able to operate in.
392 *
393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
394 * in this band.
395 * @band: the band this structure represents
396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
398 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
399 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band
404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in
406 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
407 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
408 * iftype_data).
409 */
410struct ieee80211_supported_band {
411 struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
412 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
413 enum nl80211_band band;
414 int n_channels;
415 int n_bitrates;
416 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
417 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap;
419 u16 n_iftype_data;
420 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
421};
422
423/**
424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
427 *
428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
429 */
430static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
431ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
432 u8 iftype)
433{
434 int i;
435
436 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
437 return NULL;
438
439 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) {
440 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
441 &sband->iftype_data[i];
442
443 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
444 return data;
445 }
446
447 return NULL;
448}
449
450/**
451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype
452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on
453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
454 *
455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
456 */
457static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
458ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
459 u8 iftype)
460{
461 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
462 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype);
463
464 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
465 return &data->he_cap;
466
467 return NULL;
468}
469
470/**
471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
473 *
474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
475 */
476static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
477ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
478{
479 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
480}
481
482/**
483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
484 *
485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
486 *
487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
490 *
491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
495 * without affecting other devices.
496 *
497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
500 */
501#ifdef CONFIG_OF
502void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
503#else /* CONFIG_OF */
504static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
505{
506}
507#endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
508
509
510/*
511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
512 */
513
514/**
515 * DOC: Actions and configuration
516 *
517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
520 * operations use are described separately.
521 *
522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
524 *
525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
526 * in a separate chapter.
527 */
528
529#define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
530 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
531
532/**
533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
535 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
538 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
539 * determine the address as needed.
540 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating
542 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC.
543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
544 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
546 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
547 */
548struct vif_params {
549 u32 flags;
550 int use_4addr;
551 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
552 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
553 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
554};
555
556/**
557 * struct key_params - key information
558 *
559 * Information about a key
560 *
561 * @key: key material
562 * @key_len: length of key material
563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector
564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
565 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
566 * length given by @seq_len.
567 * @seq_len: length of @seq.
568 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
569 */
570struct key_params {
571 const u8 *key;
572 const u8 *seq;
573 int key_len;
574 int seq_len;
575 u32 cipher;
576 enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
577};
578
579/**
580 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
581 * @chan: the (control) channel
582 * @width: channel width
583 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
584 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
585 * (only with 80+80 MHz)
586 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration.
587 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero),
588 * chan will define the primary channel and all other
589 * parameters are ignored.
590 */
591struct cfg80211_chan_def {
592 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
593 enum nl80211_chan_width width;
594 u32 center_freq1;
595 u32 center_freq2;
596 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
597};
598
599/**
600 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
601 * @chandef: the channel definition
602 *
603 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
604 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
605 */
606static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
607cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
608{
609 switch (chandef->width) {
610 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
611 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
612 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
613 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
614 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
615 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
616 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
617 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
618 default:
619 WARN_ON(1);
620 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
621 }
622}
623
624/**
625 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
626 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
627 * @channel: the control channel
628 * @chantype: the channel type
629 *
630 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
631 */
632void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
633 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
634 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
635
636/**
637 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
638 * @chandef1: first channel definition
639 * @chandef2: second channel definition
640 *
641 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
642 * identical, %false otherwise.
643 */
644static inline bool
645cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
646 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
647{
648 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
649 chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
650 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
651 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
652}
653
654/**
655 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel
656 *
657 * @chandef: the channel definition
658 *
659 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise.
660 */
661static inline bool
662cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
663{
664 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config;
665}
666
667/**
668 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
669 * @chandef1: first channel definition
670 * @chandef2: second channel definition
671 *
672 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
673 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
674 */
675const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
676cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
677 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
678
679/**
680 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
681 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
682 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
683 */
684bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
685
686/**
687 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
688 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
689 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
690 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
691 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
692 */
693bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
694 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
695 u32 prohibited_flags);
696
697/**
698 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
699 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
700 * @chandef: the channel definition to check
701 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
702 * Returns:
703 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
704 */
705int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
706 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
707 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
708
709/**
710 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
711 *
712 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
713 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
714 *
715 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
716 *
717 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
718 */
719static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
720ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
721{
722 switch (chandef->width) {
723 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
724 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
726 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
727 default:
728 break;
729 }
730 return 0;
731}
732
733/**
734 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
735 *
736 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
737 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
738 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
739 *
740 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
741 *
742 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
743 */
744static inline int
745ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
746{
747 switch (chandef->width) {
748 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
749 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
750 chandef->chan->max_power);
751 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
752 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
753 chandef->chan->max_power);
754 default:
755 break;
756 }
757 return chandef->chan->max_power;
758}
759
760/**
761 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
762 *
763 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
764 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
765 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
766 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
771 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in
772 *
773 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
774 * it has filled in during the get_survey().
775 */
776enum survey_info_flags {
777 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0),
778 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1),
779 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2),
780 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3),
781 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4),
782 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5),
783 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6),
784 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7),
785 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8),
786};
787
788/**
789 * struct survey_info - channel survey response
790 *
791 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
792 * record to report global statistics
793 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
794 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
795 * optional
796 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
797 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
798 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
799 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
800 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
801 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
802 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS
803 *
804 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
805 *
806 * This structure can later be expanded with things like
807 * channel duty cycle etc.
808 */
809struct survey_info {
810 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
811 u64 time;
812 u64 time_busy;
813 u64 time_ext_busy;
814 u64 time_rx;
815 u64 time_tx;
816 u64 time_scan;
817 u64 time_bss_rx;
818 u32 filled;
819 s8 noise;
820};
821
822#define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4
823
824/**
825 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
826 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
827 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
828 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
829 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
830 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
831 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
832 * @akm_suites: AKM suites
833 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
834 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
835 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
836 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
837 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
838 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports
839 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
840 * protocol frames.
841 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
842 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
843 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
844 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
845 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
846 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
847 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE
848 * offload)
849 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload)
850 */
851struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
852 u32 wpa_versions;
853 u32 cipher_group;
854 int n_ciphers_pairwise;
855 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
856 int n_akm_suites;
857 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
858 bool control_port;
859 __be16 control_port_ethertype;
860 bool control_port_no_encrypt;
861 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
862 struct key_params *wep_keys;
863 int wep_tx_key;
864 const u8 *psk;
865 const u8 *sae_pwd;
866 u8 sae_pwd_len;
867};
868
869/**
870 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
871 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
872 * or %NULL if not changed
873 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
874 * or %NULL if not changed
875 * @head_len: length of @head
876 * @tail_len: length of @tail
877 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
878 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
879 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
880 * frames or %NULL
881 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
882 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
883 * Response frames or %NULL
884 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
885 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
886 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
887 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
888 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
889 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
890 * (measurement type 8)
891 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
892 * Token (measurement type 11)
893 * @lci_len: LCI data length
894 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
895 */
896struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
897 const u8 *head, *tail;
898 const u8 *beacon_ies;
899 const u8 *proberesp_ies;
900 const u8 *assocresp_ies;
901 const u8 *probe_resp;
902 const u8 *lci;
903 const u8 *civicloc;
904 s8 ftm_responder;
905
906 size_t head_len, tail_len;
907 size_t beacon_ies_len;
908 size_t proberesp_ies_len;
909 size_t assocresp_ies_len;
910 size_t probe_resp_len;
911 size_t lci_len;
912 size_t civicloc_len;
913};
914
915struct mac_address {
916 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
917};
918
919/**
920 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
921 *
922 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
923 * entry specified by mac_addr
924 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
925 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
926 */
927struct cfg80211_acl_data {
928 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
929 int n_acl_entries;
930
931 /* Keep it last */
932 struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
933};
934
935/*
936 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
937 */
938struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
939 struct {
940 u32 legacy;
941 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
942 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
943 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
944 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
945};
946
947/**
948 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
949 *
950 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
951 *
952 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
953 */
954enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
955 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
956};
957
958/**
959 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
960 *
961 * Used to configure an AP interface.
962 *
963 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
964 * @beacon: beacon data
965 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
966 * @dtim_period: DTIM period
967 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
968 * user space)
969 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
970 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
971 * @crypto: crypto settings
972 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
973 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
974 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
975 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
976 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
977 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
978 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
979 * MAC address based access control
980 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
981 * networks.
982 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
983 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
984 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
985 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
986 * @ht_required: stations must support HT
987 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
988 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time
989 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
990 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings
991 */
992struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
993 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
994
995 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
996
997 int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
998 const u8 *ssid;
999 size_t ssid_len;
1000 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
1001 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
1002 bool privacy;
1003 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
1004 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
1005 int inactivity_timeout;
1006 u8 p2p_ctwindow;
1007 bool p2p_opp_ps;
1008 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
1009 bool pbss;
1010 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1011
1012 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
1013 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
1014 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
1015 bool ht_required, vht_required;
1016 bool twt_responder;
1017 u32 flags;
1018 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
1019};
1020
1021/**
1022 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
1023 *
1024 * Used for channel switch
1025 *
1026 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
1027 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
1028 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
1029 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
1030 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
1031 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
1032 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
1033 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
1034 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
1035 * @count: number of beacons until switch
1036 */
1037struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
1038 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1039 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
1040 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
1041 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
1042 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
1043 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
1044 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
1045 bool radar_required;
1046 bool block_tx;
1047 u8 count;
1048};
1049
1050#define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
1051
1052/**
1053 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
1054 *
1055 * Used to pass interface combination parameters
1056 *
1057 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
1058 * to use for verification
1059 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
1060 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
1061 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
1062 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
1063 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
1064 * nl80211_iftype.
1065 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
1066 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
1067 * the verification
1068 */
1069struct iface_combination_params {
1070 int num_different_channels;
1071 u8 radar_detect;
1072 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
1073 u32 new_beacon_int;
1074};
1075
1076/**
1077 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
1078 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
1079 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
1080 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
1081 *
1082 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
1083 * for those that don't these flags will are used.
1084 */
1085enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
1086 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
1087 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
1088 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
1089 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
1090};
1091
1092/**
1093 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1094 *
1095 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1096 *
1097 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
1098 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
1099 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
1100 * power per-interface or per-station.
1101 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1102 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1103 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1104 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1105 * per peer TPC.
1106 */
1107struct sta_txpwr {
1108 s16 power;
1109 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1110};
1111
1112/**
1113 * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1114 *
1115 * Used to change and create a new station.
1116 *
1117 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1118 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1119 * (or NULL for no change)
1120 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1121 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1122 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1123 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1124 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1125 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1126 * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1127 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1128 * @plink_action: plink action to take
1129 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1130 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1131 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1132 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1133 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1134 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1135 * QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1136 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1137 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1138 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1139 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1140 * to unknown)
1141 * @capability: station capability
1142 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1143 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1144 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1145 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1146 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1147 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1148 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1149 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1150 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1151 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1152 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1153 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1154 */
1155struct station_parameters {
1156 const u8 *supported_rates;
1157 struct net_device *vlan;
1158 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1159 u32 sta_modify_mask;
1160 int listen_interval;
1161 u16 aid;
1162 u16 peer_aid;
1163 u8 supported_rates_len;
1164 u8 plink_action;
1165 u8 plink_state;
1166 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1167 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1168 u8 uapsd_queues;
1169 u8 max_sp;
1170 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1171 u16 capability;
1172 const u8 *ext_capab;
1173 u8 ext_capab_len;
1174 const u8 *supported_channels;
1175 u8 supported_channels_len;
1176 const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1177 u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1178 u8 opmode_notif;
1179 bool opmode_notif_used;
1180 int support_p2p_ps;
1181 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1182 u8 he_capa_len;
1183 u16 airtime_weight;
1184 struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1185};
1186
1187/**
1188 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1189 *
1190 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1191 *
1192 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1193 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1194 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1195 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1196 */
1197struct station_del_parameters {
1198 const u8 *mac;
1199 u8 subtype;
1200 u16 reason_code;
1201};
1202
1203/**
1204 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1205 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1206 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1207 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1208 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1209 * the AP MLME in the device
1210 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1211 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1212 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1213 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1214 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1215 * supported/used)
1216 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1217 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1218 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1219 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1220 */
1221enum cfg80211_station_type {
1222 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1223 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1224 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1225 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1226 CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1227 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1228 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1229 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1230 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1231};
1232
1233/**
1234 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1235 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1236 * @params: the new parameters for a station
1237 * @statype: the type of station being modified
1238 *
1239 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1240 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1241 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1242 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1243 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1244 */
1245int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1246 struct station_parameters *params,
1247 enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1248
1249/**
1250 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1251 *
1252 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1253 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1254 *
1255 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1256 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1257 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1258 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS
1259 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1260 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode
1261 */
1262enum rate_info_flags {
1263 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0),
1264 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1),
1265 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1266 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3),
1267 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4),
1268 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5),
1269};
1270
1271/**
1272 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1273 *
1274 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1275 *
1276 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1277 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1278 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1279 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1280 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1281 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1282 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1283 */
1284enum rate_info_bw {
1285 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1286 RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1287 RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1288 RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1289 RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1290 RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1291 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1292};
1293
1294/**
1295 * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1296 *
1297 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1298 *
1299 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1300 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1301 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1302 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1303 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1304 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1305 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1306 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1307 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1308 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4)
1309 */
1310struct rate_info {
1311 u8 flags;
1312 u8 mcs;
1313 u16 legacy;
1314 u8 nss;
1315 u8 bw;
1316 u8 he_gi;
1317 u8 he_dcm;
1318 u8 he_ru_alloc;
1319 u8 n_bonded_ch;
1320};
1321
1322/**
1323 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1324 *
1325 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1326 * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1327 *
1328 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1329 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1330 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1331 */
1332enum bss_param_flags {
1333 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0,
1334 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1,
1335 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2,
1336};
1337
1338/**
1339 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1340 *
1341 * Information about the currently associated BSS
1342 *
1343 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1344 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1345 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1346 */
1347struct sta_bss_parameters {
1348 u8 flags;
1349 u8 dtim_period;
1350 u16 beacon_interval;
1351};
1352
1353/**
1354 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1355 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1356 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1357 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1358 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1359 * @flows: number of new flows seen
1360 * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1361 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1362 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1363 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1364 * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1365 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1366 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1367 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1368 */
1369struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1370 u32 filled;
1371 u32 backlog_bytes;
1372 u32 backlog_packets;
1373 u32 flows;
1374 u32 drops;
1375 u32 ecn_marks;
1376 u32 overlimit;
1377 u32 overmemory;
1378 u32 collisions;
1379 u32 tx_bytes;
1380 u32 tx_packets;
1381 u32 max_flows;
1382};
1383
1384/**
1385 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1386 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1387 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1388 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1389 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1390 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1391 * transmitted MSDUs
1392 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1393 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1394 */
1395struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1396 u32 filled;
1397 u64 rx_msdu;
1398 u64 tx_msdu;
1399 u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1400 u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1401 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1402};
1403
1404#define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4
1405
1406/**
1407 * struct station_info - station information
1408 *
1409 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1410 *
1411 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1412 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1413 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1414 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1415 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association
1416 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1417 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1418 * @llid: mesh local link id
1419 * @plid: mesh peer link id
1420 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1421 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1422 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1423 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1424 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1425 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1426 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1427 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1428 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1429 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1430 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1431 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1432 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1433 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1434 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason.
1435 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1436 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1437 * This number should increase every time the list of stations
1438 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1439 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1440 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1441 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1442 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1443 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1444 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1445 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1446 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1447 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1448 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1449 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1450 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1451 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1452 * towards this station.
1453 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1454 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1455 * from this peer
1456 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1457 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1458 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1459 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1460 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1461 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1462 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1463 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1464 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1465 * been sent.
1466 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1467 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1468 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1469 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1470 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1471 */
1472struct station_info {
1473 u64 filled;
1474 u32 connected_time;
1475 u32 inactive_time;
1476 u64 assoc_at;
1477 u64 rx_bytes;
1478 u64 tx_bytes;
1479 u16 llid;
1480 u16 plid;
1481 u8 plink_state;
1482 s8 signal;
1483 s8 signal_avg;
1484
1485 u8 chains;
1486 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1487 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1488
1489 struct rate_info txrate;
1490 struct rate_info rxrate;
1491 u32 rx_packets;
1492 u32 tx_packets;
1493 u32 tx_retries;
1494 u32 tx_failed;
1495 u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1496 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1497 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1498
1499 int generation;
1500
1501 const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1502 size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1503
1504 u32 beacon_loss_count;
1505 s64 t_offset;
1506 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1507 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1508 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1509
1510 u32 expected_throughput;
1511
1512 u64 tx_duration;
1513 u64 rx_duration;
1514 u64 rx_beacon;
1515 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1516 u8 connected_to_gate;
1517
1518 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1519 s8 ack_signal;
1520 s8 avg_ack_signal;
1521
1522 u16 airtime_weight;
1523
1524 u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1525 u32 fcs_err_count;
1526
1527 u32 airtime_link_metric;
1528};
1529
1530#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1531/**
1532 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1533 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1534 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1535 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1536 *
1537 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1538 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1539 * considered undefined.
1540 */
1541int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1542 struct station_info *sinfo);
1543#else
1544static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1545 const u8 *mac_addr,
1546 struct station_info *sinfo)
1547{
1548 return -ENOENT;
1549}
1550#endif
1551
1552/**
1553 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1554 *
1555 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1556 * according to the nl80211 flags.
1557 *
1558 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1559 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1560 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1561 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1562 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1563 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1564 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1565 */
1566enum monitor_flags {
1567 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1568 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1569 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1570 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1571 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1572 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1573 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1574};
1575
1576/**
1577 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags
1578 *
1579 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1580 * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1581 *
1582 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1583 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1584 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1585 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1586 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1587 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1588 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1589 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1590 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1591 */
1592enum mpath_info_flags {
1593 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0),
1594 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1),
1595 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2),
1596 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3),
1597 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4),
1598 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5),
1599 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6),
1600 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7),
1601 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8),
1602};
1603
1604/**
1605 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1606 *
1607 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1608 *
1609 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1610 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1611 * @sn: target sequence number
1612 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1613 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1614 * @flags: mesh path flags
1615 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1616 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1617 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1618 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1619 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1620 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1621 * @hop_count: hops to destination
1622 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1623 */
1624struct mpath_info {
1625 u32 filled;
1626 u32 frame_qlen;
1627 u32 sn;
1628 u32 metric;
1629 u32 exptime;
1630 u32 discovery_timeout;
1631 u8 discovery_retries;
1632 u8 flags;
1633 u8 hop_count;
1634 u32 path_change_count;
1635
1636 int generation;
1637};
1638
1639/**
1640 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1641 *
1642 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1643 *
1644 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1645 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1646 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1647 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1648 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1649 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1650 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1651 * (or NULL for no change)
1652 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1653 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1654 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1655 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1656 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1657 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1658 */
1659struct bss_parameters {
1660 int use_cts_prot;
1661 int use_short_preamble;
1662 int use_short_slot_time;
1663 const u8 *basic_rates;
1664 u8 basic_rates_len;
1665 int ap_isolate;
1666 int ht_opmode;
1667 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1668};
1669
1670/**
1671 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1672 *
1673 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1674 *
1675 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1676 * by the Mesh Peering Open message
1677 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1678 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1679 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1680 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1681 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1682 * mesh interface
1683 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1684 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1685 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1686 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1687 * elements
1688 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1689 * detect compatible mesh peers
1690 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1691 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1692 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1693 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1694 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1695 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1696 * a path discovery in milliseconds
1697 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1698 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1699 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1700 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1701 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1702 * element
1703 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1704 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1705 * element
1706 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1707 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1708 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1709 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1710 * announcements are transmitted
1711 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1712 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1713 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1714 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1715 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1716 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1717 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1718 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1719 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1720 * station to establish a peer link
1721 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1722 *
1723 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1724 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1725 * the root mesh STA to be valid.
1726 *
1727 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1728 * PREQs are transmitted.
1729 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1730 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1731 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1732 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1733 * setting for new peer links.
1734 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1735 * after transmitting its beacon.
1736 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1737 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1738 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes.
1739 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1740 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the
1741 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1742 * in the mesh path table
1743 */
1744struct mesh_config {
1745 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1746 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1747 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1748 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1749 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1750 u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1751 u8 element_ttl;
1752 bool auto_open_plinks;
1753 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1754 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1755 u32 path_refresh_time;
1756 u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1757 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1758 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1759 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1760 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1761 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1762 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1763 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1764 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1765 bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1766 s32 rssi_threshold;
1767 u16 ht_opmode;
1768 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1769 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1770 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1771 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1772 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1773 u32 plink_timeout;
1774};
1775
1776/**
1777 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1778 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1779 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1780 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1781 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1782 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1783 * @path_metric: which metric to use
1784 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1785 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1786 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1787 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1788 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1789 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1790 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1791 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1792 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1793 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1794 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1795 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1796 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1797 * to operate on DFS channels.
1798 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1799 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1800 *
1801 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1802 */
1803struct mesh_setup {
1804 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1805 const u8 *mesh_id;
1806 u8 mesh_id_len;
1807 u8 sync_method;
1808 u8 path_sel_proto;
1809 u8 path_metric;
1810 u8 auth_id;
1811 const u8 *ie;
1812 u8 ie_len;
1813 bool is_authenticated;
1814 bool is_secure;
1815 bool user_mpm;
1816 u8 dtim_period;
1817 u16 beacon_interval;
1818 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1819 u32 basic_rates;
1820 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1821 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1822 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1823};
1824
1825/**
1826 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1827 * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1828 *
1829 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1830 */
1831struct ocb_setup {
1832 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1833};
1834
1835/**
1836 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1837 * @ac: AC identifier
1838 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1839 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1840 * 1..32767]
1841 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1842 * 1..32767]
1843 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1844 */
1845struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1846 enum nl80211_ac ac;
1847 u16 txop;
1848 u16 cwmin;
1849 u16 cwmax;
1850 u8 aifs;
1851};
1852
1853/**
1854 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1855 *
1856 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1857 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1858 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1859 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1860 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1861 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1862 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1863 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1864 * in the wiphy structure.
1865 *
1866 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1867 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1868 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1869 *
1870 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1871 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1872 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1873 * to userspace.
1874 */
1875
1876/**
1877 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1878 * @ssid: the SSID
1879 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1880 */
1881struct cfg80211_ssid {
1882 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1883 u8 ssid_len;
1884};
1885
1886/**
1887 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1888 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1889 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1890 * information is not available, this field is left zero.
1891 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1892 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1893 * userspace will be notified of that
1894 */
1895struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1896 u64 scan_start_tsf;
1897 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1898 bool aborted;
1899};
1900
1901/**
1902 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1903 *
1904 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1905 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1906 * @channels: channels to scan on.
1907 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1908 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1909 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1910 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1911 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1912 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1913 * the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1914 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1915 * %duration field.
1916 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1917 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1918 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1919 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1920 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1921 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1922 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1923 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1924 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1925 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1926 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1927 * be taken from the @mac_addr
1928 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1929 */
1930struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1931 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1932 int n_ssids;
1933 u32 n_channels;
1934 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1935 const u8 *ie;
1936 size_t ie_len;
1937 u16 duration;
1938 bool duration_mandatory;
1939 u32 flags;
1940
1941 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1942
1943 struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1944
1945 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1946 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1947 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1948
1949 /* internal */
1950 struct wiphy *wiphy;
1951 unsigned long scan_start;
1952 struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1953 bool notified;
1954 bool no_cck;
1955
1956 /* keep last */
1957 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1958};
1959
1960static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1961{
1962 int i;
1963
1964 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1965 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1966 buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1967 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1968 }
1969}
1970
1971/**
1972 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1973 *
1974 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1975 * or no match (RSSI only)
1976 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1977 * or no match (RSSI only)
1978 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1979 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1980 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1981 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1982 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1983 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1984 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1985 * corresponding matchset.
1986 */
1987struct cfg80211_match_set {
1988 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1989 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1990 s32 rssi_thold;
1991 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1992};
1993
1994/**
1995 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1996 *
1997 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1998 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1999 * infinite loop.
2000 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
2001 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
2002 */
2003struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
2004 u32 interval;
2005 u32 iterations;
2006};
2007
2008/**
2009 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
2010 *
2011 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
2012 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
2013 */
2014struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
2015 enum nl80211_band band;
2016 s8 delta;
2017};
2018
2019/**
2020 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
2021 *
2022 * @reqid: identifies this request.
2023 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
2024 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
2025 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
2026 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
2027 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
2028 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
2029 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
2030 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
2031 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
2032 * (others are filtered out).
2033 * If ommited, all results are passed.
2034 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
2035 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
2036 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
2037 * @dev: the interface
2038 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
2039 * @channels: channels to scan
2040 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
2041 * contains the minimum over all matchsets
2042 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
2043 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
2044 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
2045 * be taken from the @mac_addr
2046 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
2047 * index must be executed first.
2048 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
2049 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
2050 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
2051 * owned by a particular socket)
2052 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
2053 * @list: for keeping list of requests.
2054 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
2055 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start
2056 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
2057 * supported.
2058 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
2059 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
2060 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
2061 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
2062 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
2063 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
2064 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
2065 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
2066 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
2067 * comparisions.
2068 */
2069struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
2070 u64 reqid;
2071 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
2072 int n_ssids;
2073 u32 n_channels;
2074 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2075 const u8 *ie;
2076 size_t ie_len;
2077 u32 flags;
2078 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
2079 int n_match_sets;
2080 s32 min_rssi_thold;
2081 u32 delay;
2082 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
2083 int n_scan_plans;
2084
2085 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2086 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2087
2088 bool relative_rssi_set;
2089 s8 relative_rssi;
2090 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
2091
2092 /* internal */
2093 struct wiphy *wiphy;
2094 struct net_device *dev;
2095 unsigned long scan_start;
2096 bool report_results;
2097 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2098 u32 owner_nlportid;
2099 bool nl_owner_dead;
2100 struct list_head list;
2101
2102 /* keep last */
2103 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
2104};
2105
2106/**
2107 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
2108 *
2109 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
2110 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
2111 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
2112 */
2113enum cfg80211_signal_type {
2114 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
2115 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
2116 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
2117};
2118
2119/**
2120 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2121 * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2122 * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2123 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2124 * signal type
2125 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2126 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2127 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2128 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2129 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2130 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate.
2131 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2132 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2133 * by %parent_bssid.
2134 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2135 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2136 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2137 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2138 */
2139struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2140 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2141 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2142 s32 signal;
2143 u64 boottime_ns;
2144 u64 parent_tsf;
2145 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2146 u8 chains;
2147 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2148};
2149
2150/**
2151 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2152 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2153 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2154 * @len: length of the IEs
2155 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2156 * @data: IE data
2157 */
2158struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2159 u64 tsf;
2160 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2161 int len;
2162 bool from_beacon;
2163 u8 data[];
2164};
2165
2166/**
2167 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2168 *
2169 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2170 * for use in scan results and similar.
2171 *
2172 * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2173 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2174 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2175 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2176 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2177 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2178 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2179 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2180 * received. It is always non-%NULL.
2181 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2182 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2183 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2184 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2185 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2186 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2187 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2188 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2189 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2190 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2191 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2192 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2193 * (multi-BSSID support)
2194 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2195 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2196 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2197 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2198 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2199 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2200 */
2201struct cfg80211_bss {
2202 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2203 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2204
2205 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2206 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2207 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2208
2209 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2210 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2211 struct list_head nontrans_list;
2212
2213 s32 signal;
2214
2215 u16 beacon_interval;
2216 u16 capability;
2217
2218 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2219 u8 chains;
2220 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2221
2222 u8 bssid_index;
2223 u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2224
2225 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2226};
2227
2228/**
2229 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2230 * @bss: the bss to search
2231 * @id: the element ID
2232 *
2233 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2234 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2235 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2236 */
2237const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2238
2239/**
2240 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2241 * @bss: the bss to search
2242 * @id: the element ID
2243 *
2244 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2245 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2246 * Return: %NULL if not found.
2247 */
2248static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2249{
2250 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2251}
2252
2253
2254/**
2255 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2256 *
2257 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2258 * authentication.
2259 *
2260 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2261 * to it if it needs to keep it.
2262 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2263 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2264 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2265 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2266 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2267 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2268 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2269 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2270 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2271 * transaction sequence number field.
2272 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2273 */
2274struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2275 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2276 const u8 *ie;
2277 size_t ie_len;
2278 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2279 const u8 *key;
2280 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2281 const u8 *auth_data;
2282 size_t auth_data_len;
2283};
2284
2285/**
2286 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2287 *
2288 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n)
2289 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT
2290 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2291 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2292 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2293 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2294 * request (connect callback).
2295 */
2296enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2297 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0),
2298 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1),
2299 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2),
2300 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3),
2301};
2302
2303/**
2304 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2305 *
2306 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2307 * (re)association.
2308 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2309 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2310 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2311 * association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2312 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2313 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2314 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2315 * @crypto: crypto settings
2316 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2317 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2318 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2319 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2320 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2321 * frame.
2322 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2323 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2324 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2325 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2326 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2327 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2328 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2329 * %NULL if FILS is not used.
2330 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2331 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2332 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2333 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2334 */
2335struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2336 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2337 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2338 size_t ie_len;
2339 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2340 bool use_mfp;
2341 u32 flags;
2342 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2343 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2344 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2345 const u8 *fils_kek;
2346 size_t fils_kek_len;
2347 const u8 *fils_nonces;
2348};
2349
2350/**
2351 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2352 *
2353 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2354 * deauthentication.
2355 *
2356 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2357 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2358 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2359 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2360 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2361 * do not set a deauth frame
2362 */
2363struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2364 const u8 *bssid;
2365 const u8 *ie;
2366 size_t ie_len;
2367 u16 reason_code;
2368 bool local_state_change;
2369};
2370
2371/**
2372 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2373 *
2374 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2375 * disassociation.
2376 *
2377 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2378 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2379 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2380 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2381 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2382 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2383 */
2384struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2385 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2386 const u8 *ie;
2387 size_t ie_len;
2388 u16 reason_code;
2389 bool local_state_change;
2390};
2391
2392/**
2393 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2394 *
2395 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2396 * method.
2397 *
2398 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2399 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2400 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2401 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2402 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2403 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2404 * IBSSs to join on other channels.
2405 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2406 * @ie_len: length of that
2407 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2408 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2409 * after joining
2410 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2411 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2412 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2413 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2414 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2415 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2416 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2417 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2418 * to operate on DFS channels.
2419 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2420 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2421 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2422 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2423 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2424 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2425 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2426 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2427 */
2428struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2429 const u8 *ssid;
2430 const u8 *bssid;
2431 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2432 const u8 *ie;
2433 u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2434 u16 beacon_interval;
2435 u32 basic_rates;
2436 bool channel_fixed;
2437 bool privacy;
2438 bool control_port;
2439 bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2440 bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2441 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2442 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2443 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2444 struct key_params *wep_keys;
2445 int wep_tx_key;
2446};
2447
2448/**
2449 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2450 *
2451 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2452 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2453 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2454 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2455 */
2456struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2457 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2458 union {
2459 enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2460 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2461 } param;
2462};
2463
2464/**
2465 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2466 *
2467 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2468 * authentication and association.
2469 *
2470 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2471 * on scan results)
2472 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2473 * %NULL if not specified
2474 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2475 * results)
2476 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2477 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2478 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2479 * to use.
2480 * @ssid: SSID
2481 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2482 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2483 * @ie: IEs for association request
2484 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2485 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2486 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2487 * @crypto: crypto settings
2488 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2489 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2490 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2491 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2492 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds
2493 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2494 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask
2495 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored.
2496 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2497 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides
2498 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2499 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2500 * networks.
2501 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2502 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2503 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2504 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2505 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2506 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2507 * frame.
2508 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2509 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2510 * data IE.
2511 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2512 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2513 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2514 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2515 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2516 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2517 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2518 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2519 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2520 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2521 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2522 * offload of 4-way handshake.
2523 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels.
2524 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver
2525 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration.
2526 */
2527struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2528 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2529 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2530 const u8 *bssid;
2531 const u8 *bssid_hint;
2532 const u8 *ssid;
2533 size_t ssid_len;
2534 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2535 const u8 *ie;
2536 size_t ie_len;
2537 bool privacy;
2538 enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2539 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2540 const u8 *key;
2541 u8 key_len, key_idx;
2542 u32 flags;
2543 int bg_scan_period;
2544 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2545 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2546 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2547 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2548 bool pbss;
2549 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2550 const u8 *prev_bssid;
2551 const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2552 size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2553 const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2554 size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2555 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2556 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2557 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2558 bool want_1x;
2559 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg;
2560};
2561
2562/**
2563 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2564 *
2565 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2566 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2567 *
2568 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2569 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2570 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2571 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2572 */
2573enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2574 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0),
2575 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1),
2576 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2),
2577};
2578
2579/**
2580 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2581 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2582 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2583 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2584 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2586 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2587 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2588 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2589 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2590 */
2591enum wiphy_params_flags {
2592 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0,
2593 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1,
2594 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2,
2595 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3,
2596 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4,
2597 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5,
2598 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6,
2599 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7,
2600 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8,
2601};
2602
2603#define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256
2604
2605/**
2606 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2607 *
2608 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2609 * caching.
2610 *
2611 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2612 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2613 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2614 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2615 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2616 * the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2617 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2618 * cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2619 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2620 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2621 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2622 * %NULL).
2623 */
2624struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2625 const u8 *bssid;
2626 const u8 *pmkid;
2627 const u8 *pmk;
2628 size_t pmk_len;
2629 const u8 *ssid;
2630 size_t ssid_len;
2631 const u8 *cache_id;
2632};
2633
2634/**
2635 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2636 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2637 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2638 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2639 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2640 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2641 *
2642 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2643 * memory, free @mask only!
2644 */
2645struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2646 const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2647 int pattern_len;
2648 int pkt_offset;
2649};
2650
2651/**
2652 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2653 *
2654 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2655 * @src: source IP address
2656 * @dst: destination IP address
2657 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2658 * @src_port: source port
2659 * @dst_port: destination port
2660 * @payload_len: data payload length
2661 * @payload: data payload buffer
2662 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2663 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2664 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2665 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2666 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2667 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2668 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2669 */
2670struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2671 struct socket *sock;
2672 __be32 src, dst;
2673 u16 src_port, dst_port;
2674 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2675 int payload_len;
2676 const u8 *payload;
2677 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2678 u32 data_interval;
2679 u32 wake_len;
2680 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2681 u32 tokens_size;
2682 /* must be last, variable member */
2683 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2684};
2685
2686/**
2687 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2688 *
2689 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2690 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2691 * operating as normal during suspend
2692 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2693 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2694 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2695 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2696 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2697 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2698 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2699 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2700 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2701 * NULL if not configured.
2702 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2703 */
2704struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2705 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2706 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2707 rfkill_release;
2708 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2709 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2710 int n_patterns;
2711 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2712};
2713
2714/**
2715 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2716 *
2717 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2718 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2719 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2720 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2721 * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2722 * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2723 */
2724struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2725 int delay;
2726 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2727 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2728 int n_patterns;
2729};
2730
2731/**
2732 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2733 *
2734 * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2735 * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2736 * @n_rules: number of rules
2737 */
2738struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2739 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2740 int n_rules;
2741};
2742
2743/**
2744 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2745 *
2746 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2747 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This
2748 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2749 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2750 * occurred (in MHz)
2751 */
2752struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2753 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2754 int n_channels;
2755 u32 channels[];
2756};
2757
2758/**
2759 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2760 *
2761 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2762 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2763 * match information.
2764 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2765 * the matches that triggered the wake up.
2766 */
2767struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2768 int n_matches;
2769 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2770};
2771
2772/**
2773 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2774 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2775 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2776 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2777 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2778 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2779 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2780 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2781 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2782 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2783 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2784 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2785 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2786 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2787 * it is.
2788 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2789 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2790 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2791 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2792 */
2793struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2794 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2795 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2796 rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2797 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2798 s32 pattern_idx;
2799 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2800 const void *packet;
2801 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2802};
2803
2804/**
2805 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2806 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2807 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2808 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2809 */
2810struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2811 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2812};
2813
2814/**
2815 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2816 *
2817 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2818 *
2819 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2820 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2821 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2822 */
2823struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2824 u16 md;
2825 const u8 *ie;
2826 size_t ie_len;
2827};
2828
2829/**
2830 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2831 *
2832 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2833 *
2834 * @chan: channel to use
2835 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2836 * @wait: duration for ROC
2837 * @buf: buffer to transmit
2838 * @len: buffer length
2839 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2840 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2841 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2842 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2843 */
2844struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2845 struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2846 bool offchan;
2847 unsigned int wait;
2848 const u8 *buf;
2849 size_t len;
2850 bool no_cck;
2851 bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2852 int n_csa_offsets;
2853 const u16 *csa_offsets;
2854};
2855
2856/**
2857 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2858 *
2859 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2860 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2861 */
2862struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2863 u8 dscp;
2864 u8 up;
2865};
2866
2867/**
2868 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2869 *
2870 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2871 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2872 */
2873struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2874 u8 low;
2875 u8 high;
2876};
2877
2878/* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2879#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21
2880#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16
2881#define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2882 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2883
2884/**
2885 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2886 *
2887 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2888 *
2889 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2890 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2891 * the user priority DSCP range definition
2892 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2893 */
2894struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2895 u8 num_des;
2896 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2897 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2898};
2899
2900/**
2901 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2902 *
2903 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2904 *
2905 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2906 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2907 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2908 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2909 */
2910struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2911 u8 master_pref;
2912 u8 bands;
2913};
2914
2915/**
2916 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2917 * configuration
2918 *
2919 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2920 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2921 */
2922enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2923 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2924 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2925};
2926
2927/**
2928 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2929 *
2930 * @filter: the content of the filter
2931 * @len: the length of the filter
2932 */
2933struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2934 const u8 *filter;
2935 u8 len;
2936};
2937
2938/**
2939 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2940 *
2941 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2942 * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2943 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2944 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2945 * implementation specific.
2946 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2947 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2948 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2949 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2950 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2951 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2952 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2953 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2954 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2955 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2956 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2957 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2958 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2959 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2960 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2961 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2962 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2963 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2964 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2965 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2966 */
2967struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2968 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2969 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2970 u8 publish_type;
2971 bool close_range;
2972 bool publish_bcast;
2973 bool subscribe_active;
2974 u8 followup_id;
2975 u8 followup_reqid;
2976 struct mac_address followup_dest;
2977 u32 ttl;
2978 const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2979 u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2980 bool srf_include;
2981 const u8 *srf_bf;
2982 u8 srf_bf_len;
2983 u8 srf_bf_idx;
2984 struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2985 int srf_num_macs;
2986 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2987 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2988 u8 num_tx_filters;
2989 u8 num_rx_filters;
2990 u8 instance_id;
2991 u64 cookie;
2992};
2993
2994/**
2995 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2996 *
2997 * @aa: authenticator address
2998 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2999 * @pmk: the PMK material
3000 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
3001 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
3002 * holds PMK-R0.
3003 */
3004struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
3005 const u8 *aa;
3006 u8 pmk_len;
3007 const u8 *pmk;
3008 const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
3009};
3010
3011/**
3012 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
3013 *
3014 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
3015 *
3016 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
3017 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
3018 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
3019 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
3020 * authentication response command interface.
3021 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and
3022 * authentication response command interface.
3023 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
3024 * authentication request event interface.
3025 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
3026 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
3027 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
3028 * response command interface (user space to driver).
3029 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
3030 */
3031struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
3032 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
3033 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3034 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
3035 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
3036 u16 status;
3037 const u8 *pmkid;
3038};
3039
3040/**
3041 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
3042 *
3043 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
3044 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
3045 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
3046 * answered
3047 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
3048 * successfully answered
3049 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
3050 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
3051 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions
3052 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
3053 * of how much time the responder was busy
3054 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
3055 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
3056 * the responder
3057 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
3058 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
3059 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
3060 */
3061struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
3062 u32 filled;
3063 u32 success_num;
3064 u32 partial_num;
3065 u32 failed_num;
3066 u32 asap_num;
3067 u32 non_asap_num;
3068 u64 total_duration_ms;
3069 u32 unknown_triggers_num;
3070 u32 reschedule_requests_num;
3071 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
3072};
3073
3074/**
3075 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
3076 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
3077 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
3078 * reason than just "failure"
3079 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
3080 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
3081 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
3082 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
3083 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
3084 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
3085 * by the responder
3086 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
3087 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
3088 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
3089 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
3090 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
3091 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
3092 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
3093 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3094 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
3095 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
3096 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
3097 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
3098 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
3099 * the square root of the variance)
3100 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
3101 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
3102 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg)
3103 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
3104 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
3105 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
3106 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
3107 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
3108 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
3109 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
3110 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
3111 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
3112 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
3113 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
3114 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
3115 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
3116 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
3117 */
3118struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
3119 const u8 *lci;
3120 const u8 *civicloc;
3121 unsigned int lci_len;
3122 unsigned int civicloc_len;
3123 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3124 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3125 s16 burst_index;
3126 u8 busy_retry_time;
3127 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3128 u8 burst_duration;
3129 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3130 s32 rssi_avg;
3131 s32 rssi_spread;
3132 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3133 s64 rtt_avg;
3134 s64 rtt_variance;
3135 s64 rtt_spread;
3136 s64 dist_avg;
3137 s64 dist_variance;
3138 s64 dist_spread;
3139
3140 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3141 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3142 rssi_avg_valid:1,
3143 rssi_spread_valid:1,
3144 tx_rate_valid:1,
3145 rx_rate_valid:1,
3146 rtt_avg_valid:1,
3147 rtt_variance_valid:1,
3148 rtt_spread_valid:1,
3149 dist_avg_valid:1,
3150 dist_variance_valid:1,
3151 dist_spread_valid:1;
3152};
3153
3154/**
3155 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3156 * @addr: address of the peer
3157 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3158 * measurement was made)
3159 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3160 * @status: status of the measurement
3161 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3162 * reporting partial results always set this flag
3163 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3164 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3165 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3166 * they're all aggregated for userspace.
3167 */
3168struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3169 u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3170 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3171
3172 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3173
3174 u8 final:1,
3175 ap_tsf_valid:1;
3176
3177 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3178
3179 union {
3180 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3181 };
3182};
3183
3184/**
3185 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3186 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3187 * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3188 * @burst_period: burst period to use
3189 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3190 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3191 * @burst_duration: burst duration
3192 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3193 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3194 * @request_lci: request LCI information
3195 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3196 *
3197 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3198 */
3199struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3200 enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3201 u16 burst_period;
3202 u8 requested:1,
3203 asap:1,
3204 request_lci:1,
3205 request_civicloc:1;
3206 u8 num_bursts_exp;
3207 u8 burst_duration;
3208 u8 ftms_per_burst;
3209 u8 ftmr_retries;
3210};
3211
3212/**
3213 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3214 * @addr: MAC address
3215 * @chandef: channel to use
3216 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3217 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3218 */
3219struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3220 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3221 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3222 u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3223 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3224};
3225
3226/**
3227 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3228 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3229 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3230 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3231 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3232 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3233 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3234 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3235 * be taken from the @mac_addr
3236 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3237 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3238 * zero it means there's no timeout
3239 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3240 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3241 */
3242struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3243 u64 cookie;
3244 void *drv_data;
3245 u32 n_peers;
3246 u32 nl_portid;
3247
3248 u32 timeout;
3249
3250 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3251 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3252
3253 struct list_head list;
3254
3255 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3256};
3257
3258/**
3259 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3260 *
3261 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3262 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3263 *
3264 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3265 *
3266 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3267 * has to be done.
3268 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3269 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3270 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3271 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3272 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3273 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3274 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3275 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3276 */
3277struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3278 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3279 u16 status;
3280 const u8 *ie;
3281 size_t ie_len;
3282};
3283
3284/**
3285 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3286 *
3287 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3288 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3289 *
3290 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3291 * on success or a negative error code.
3292 *
3293 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3294 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3295 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3296 *
3297 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3298 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3299 * configured for the device.
3300 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3301 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3302 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3303 * the device.
3304 *
3305 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3306 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3307 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3308 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3309 * also set the address member in the wdev.
3310 *
3311 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3312 *
3313 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3314 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3315 *
3316 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3317 * when adding a group key.
3318 *
3319 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3320 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3321 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3322 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3323 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3324 *
3325 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3326 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3327 *
3328 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3329 *
3330 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3331 *
3332 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3333 *
3334 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3335 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3336 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3337 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3338 *
3339 * @add_station: Add a new station.
3340 * @del_station: Remove a station
3341 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3342 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3343 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3344 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3345 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3346 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3347 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3348 *
3349 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3350 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3351 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3352 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3353 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3354 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3355 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3356 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3357 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3358 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3359 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3360 *
3361 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3362 *
3363 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3364 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3365 * set, and which to leave alone.
3366 *
3367 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3368 *
3369 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3370 *
3371 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3372 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3373 * join the mesh instead.
3374 *
3375 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3376 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3377 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3378 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3379 *
3380 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3381 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3382 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3383 * the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3384 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3385 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3386 *
3387 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3388 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3389 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3390 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3391 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3392 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3393 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3394 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3395 *
3396 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3397 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3398 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3399 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3400 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3401 * was received.
3402 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3403 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3404 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3405 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3406 * frame instead of Association Request frame.
3407 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3408 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3409 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3410 * indication of requesting reassociation.
3411 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3412 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3413 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3414 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3415 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3416 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3417 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3418 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3419 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3420 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3421 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3422 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3423 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3424 * case connection was already established (invoked with the
3425 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3426 *
3427 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3428 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3429 * to a merge.
3430 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3431 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3432 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3433 *
3434 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3435 * MESH mode)
3436 *
3437 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3438 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3439 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3440 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3441 *
3442 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3443 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3444 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3445 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3446 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3447 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3448 * return 0 if successful
3449 *
3450 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3451 *
3452 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3453 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3454 *
3455 * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3456 *
3457 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3458 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3459 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3460 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3461 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3462 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3463 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3464 * the duration value.
3465 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3466 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3467 * frame on another channel
3468 *
3469 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3470 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3471 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3472 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3473 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3474 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3475 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3476 *
3477 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3478 *
3479 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3480 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3481 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3482 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3483 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3484 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3485 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3486 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3487 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3488 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3489 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3490 * disabled.)
3491 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3492 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the
3493 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should
3494 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3495 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3496 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3497 * thresholds.
3498 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3499 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3500 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3501 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3502 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3503 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3504 * stop (when this method returns 0).
3505 *
3506 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3507 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3508 *
3509 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3510 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3511 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3512 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3513 *
3514 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3515 *
3516 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3517 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3518 *
3519 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3520 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3521 *
3522 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3523 *
3524 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3525 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3526 * current monitoring channel.
3527 *
3528 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3529 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3530 *
3531 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3532 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3533 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3534 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3535 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3536 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3537 *
3538 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3539 *
3540 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3541 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3542 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3543 *
3544 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3545 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3546 * driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3547 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3548 * reliability. This operation can not fail.
3549 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3550 *
3551 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3552 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3553 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3554 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3555 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3556 * as soon as possible.
3557 *
3558 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3559 *
3560 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3561 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3562 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3563 *
3564 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3565 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3566 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3567 * account.
3568 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3569 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3570 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3571 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3572 * rejected)
3573 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3574 *
3575 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3576 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3577 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3578 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3579 *
3580 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3581 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3582 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3583 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3584 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3585 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3586 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3587 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3588 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3589 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3590 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3591 * cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3592 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3593 * provided @nan_func.
3594 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3595 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3596 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3597 * All other parameters must be ignored.
3598 *
3599 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3600 *
3601 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3602 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3603 *
3604 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3605 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3606 * upon which the driver should clear it.
3607 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3608 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3609 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3610 *
3611 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3612 * user space
3613 *
3614 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter
3615 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3616 *
3617 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3618 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3619 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3620 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3621 *
3622 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3623 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3624 * DH IE through this interface.
3625 *
3626 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3627 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3628 */
3629struct cfg80211_ops {
3630 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3631 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3632 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3633
3634 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3635 const char *name,
3636 unsigned char name_assign_type,
3637 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3638 struct vif_params *params);
3639 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3640 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3641 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3642 struct net_device *dev,
3643 enum nl80211_iftype type,
3644 struct vif_params *params);
3645
3646 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3647 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3648 struct key_params *params);
3649 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3650 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3651 void *cookie,
3652 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3653 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3654 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3655 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3656 struct net_device *netdev,
3657 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3658 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3659 struct net_device *netdev,
3660 u8 key_index);
3661
3662 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3663 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3664 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3665 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3666 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3667
3668
3669 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3670 const u8 *mac,
3671 struct station_parameters *params);
3672 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3673 struct station_del_parameters *params);
3674 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3675 const u8 *mac,
3676 struct station_parameters *params);
3677 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3678 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3679 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3680 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3681
3682 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3683 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3684 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3685 const u8 *dst);
3686 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3687 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3688 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3689 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3690 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3691 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3692 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3693 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3694 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3695 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3696 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3697 struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3698 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3699 struct net_device *dev,
3700 struct mesh_config *conf);
3701 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3702 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3703 const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3704 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3705 const struct mesh_config *conf,
3706 const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3707 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3708
3709 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3710 struct ocb_setup *setup);
3711 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3712
3713 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3714 struct bss_parameters *params);
3715
3716 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3718
3719 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3720 struct net_device *dev,
3721 struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3722
3723 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3724 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3725
3726 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3727 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3728 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3729
3730 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3731 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3732 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3733 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3734 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3735 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3736 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3737 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3738
3739 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3740 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3741 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3742 struct net_device *dev,
3743 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3744 u32 changed);
3745 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3746 u16 reason_code);
3747
3748 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3749 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3750 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3751
3752 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3753 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3754
3755 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3756
3757 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3758 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3759 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3760 int *dbm);
3761
3762 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3763 const u8 *addr);
3764
3765 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3766
3767#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3768 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3769 void *data, int len);
3770 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3771 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3772 void *data, int len);
3773#endif
3774
3775 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3776 struct net_device *dev,
3777 const u8 *peer,
3778 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3779
3780 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3781 int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3782
3783 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3784 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3785 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3786 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3787 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3788
3789 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3790 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3791 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3792 unsigned int duration,
3793 u64 *cookie);
3794 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3795 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3796 u64 cookie);
3797
3798 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3799 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3800 u64 *cookie);
3801 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3802 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3803 u64 cookie);
3804
3805 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3806 bool enabled, int timeout);
3807
3808 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3809 struct net_device *dev,
3810 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3811
3812 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3813 struct net_device *dev,
3814 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3815
3816 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3817 struct net_device *dev,
3818 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3819
3820 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3821 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3822 u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3823
3824 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3825 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3826
3827 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3828 struct net_device *dev,
3829 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3830 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3831 u64 reqid);
3832
3833 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3834 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3835
3836 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3837 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token,
3838 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3839 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3840 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3841 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3842
3843 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3844 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3845
3846 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3847 struct net_device *dev,
3848 u16 noack_map);
3849
3850 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3851 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3852 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3853
3854 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3855 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3856 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3857 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3858
3859 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3860 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3861
3862 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3863 struct net_device *dev,
3864 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3865 u32 cac_time_ms);
3866 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3867 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3868 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3869 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3870 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3871 u16 duration);
3872 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3873 struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3874 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3875 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3876
3877 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3878 struct net_device *dev,
3879 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3880
3881 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3882 struct net_device *dev,
3883 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3884
3885 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3886 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3887
3888 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3889 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3890 u16 admitted_time);
3891 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3892 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3893
3894 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3895 struct net_device *dev,
3896 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3897 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3898 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3899 struct net_device *dev,
3900 const u8 *addr);
3901 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3902 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3903 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3904 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3905 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3906 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3907 u64 cookie);
3908 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3909 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3910 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3911 u32 changes);
3912
3913 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3914 struct net_device *dev,
3915 const bool enabled);
3916
3917 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3918 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3919 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3920
3921 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3922 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3923 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3924 const u8 *aa);
3925 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3926 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3927
3928 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3929 struct net_device *dev,
3930 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3931 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3932 const bool noencrypt);
3933
3934 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3935 struct net_device *dev,
3936 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3937
3938 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3939 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3940 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3941 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3942 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3943 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3944 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3945 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3946};
3947
3948/*
3949 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3950 * and registration/helper functions
3951 */
3952
3953/**
3954 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3955 *
3956 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3957 * wiphy at all
3958 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3959 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3960 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3961 * reason to override the default
3962 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3963 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3964 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3965 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3966 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3967 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3968 * control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3969 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3970 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3971 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3973 * firmware.
3974 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3975 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3976 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3977 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3978 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3979 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3980 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3981 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3982 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3983 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3984 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3986 * responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3987 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3989 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3990 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3991 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3993 * before connection.
3994 */
3995enum wiphy_flags {
3996 /* use hole at 0 */
3997 /* use hole at 1 */
3998 /* use hole at 2 */
3999 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3),
4000 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4),
4001 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5),
4002 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6),
4003 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7),
4004 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8),
4005 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10),
4006 /* use hole at 11 */
4007 /* use hole at 12 */
4008 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13),
4009 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14),
4010 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15),
4011 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16),
4012 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17),
4013 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18),
4014 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19),
4015 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20),
4016 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21),
4017 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22),
4018 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23),
4019 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24),
4020};
4021
4022/**
4023 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
4024 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
4025 * @types: interface types (bits)
4026 */
4027struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
4028 u16 max;
4029 u16 types;
4030};
4031
4032/**
4033 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
4034 *
4035 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
4036 * combinations it supports concurrently.
4037 *
4038 * Examples:
4039 *
4040 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
4041 *
4042 * .. code-block:: c
4043 *
4044 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
4045 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4046 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
4047 * };
4048 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
4049 * .limits = limits1,
4050 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
4051 * .max_interfaces = 2,
4052 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true,
4053 * };
4054 *
4055 *
4056 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
4057 *
4058 * .. code-block:: c
4059 *
4060 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
4061 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
4062 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
4063 * };
4064 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
4065 * .limits = limits2,
4066 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
4067 * .max_interfaces = 8,
4068 * .num_different_channels = 1,
4069 * };
4070 *
4071 *
4072 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
4073 *
4074 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
4075 *
4076 * .. code-block:: c
4077 *
4078 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
4079 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
4080 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
4081 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
4082 * };
4083 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
4084 * .limits = limits3,
4085 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
4086 * .max_interfaces = 4,
4087 * .num_different_channels = 2,
4088 * };
4089 *
4090 */
4091struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
4092 /**
4093 * @limits:
4094 * limits for the given interface types
4095 */
4096 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
4097
4098 /**
4099 * @num_different_channels:
4100 * can use up to this many different channels
4101 */
4102 u32 num_different_channels;
4103
4104 /**
4105 * @max_interfaces:
4106 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
4107 */
4108 u16 max_interfaces;
4109
4110 /**
4111 * @n_limits:
4112 * number of limitations
4113 */
4114 u8 n_limits;
4115
4116 /**
4117 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
4118 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
4119 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
4120 */
4121 bool beacon_int_infra_match;
4122
4123 /**
4124 * @radar_detect_widths:
4125 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4126 */
4127 u8 radar_detect_widths;
4128
4129 /**
4130 * @radar_detect_regions:
4131 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4132 */
4133 u8 radar_detect_regions;
4134
4135 /**
4136 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4137 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4138 *
4139 * = 0
4140 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4141 * > 0
4142 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4143 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4144 * combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4145 */
4146 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4147};
4148
4149struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4150 u16 tx, rx;
4151};
4152
4153/**
4154 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4155 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4156 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4157 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4158 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4159 * packet should be preserved in that case
4160 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4161 * (see nl80211.h)
4162 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4163 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4164 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4165 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4166 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4167 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4168 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4169 */
4170enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4171 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0),
4172 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1),
4173 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2),
4174 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3),
4175 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4),
4176 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5),
4177 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6),
4178 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7),
4179 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8),
4180};
4181
4182struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4183 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4184 u32 data_payload_max;
4185 u32 data_interval_max;
4186 u32 wake_payload_max;
4187 bool seq;
4188};
4189
4190/**
4191 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4192 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4193 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4194 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4195 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4196 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4197 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4198 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4199 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4200 * scheduled scans.
4201 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4202 * details.
4203 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4204 */
4205struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4206 u32 flags;
4207 int n_patterns;
4208 int pattern_max_len;
4209 int pattern_min_len;
4210 int max_pkt_offset;
4211 int max_nd_match_sets;
4212 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4213};
4214
4215/**
4216 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4217 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4218 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4219 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4220 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4221 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4222 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4223 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4224 */
4225struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4226 int n_rules;
4227 int max_delay;
4228 int n_patterns;
4229 int pattern_max_len;
4230 int pattern_min_len;
4231 int max_pkt_offset;
4232};
4233
4234/**
4235 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4236 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4237 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4238 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4239 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4240 */
4241enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4242 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4243 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4244 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4245};
4246
4247/**
4248 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4249 *
4250 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4251 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4252 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4253 *
4254 */
4255enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4256 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
4257 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1),
4258 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2),
4259};
4260
4261/**
4262 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4263 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4264 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4265 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4266 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4267 */
4268
4269struct sta_opmode_info {
4270 u32 changed;
4271 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4272 enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4273 u8 rx_nss;
4274};
4275
4276#define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA))
4277
4278/**
4279 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4280 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4281 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4282 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4283 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4284 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4285 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4286 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4287 * dumpit calls.
4288 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
4289 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the
4290 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command).
4291 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy
4292 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4293 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4294 * are used with dump requests.
4295 */
4296struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4297 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4298 u32 flags;
4299 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4300 const void *data, int data_len);
4301 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4302 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4303 unsigned long *storage);
4304 const struct nla_policy *policy;
4305 unsigned int maxattr;
4306};
4307
4308/**
4309 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4310 * @iftype: interface type
4311 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4312 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4313 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4314 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4315 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4316 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4317 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4318 */
4319struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4320 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4321 const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4322 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4323 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4324};
4325
4326/**
4327 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4328 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4329 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4330 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4331 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4332 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4333 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4334 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4335 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4336 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4337 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4338 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4339 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4340 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4341 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4342 * not limited)
4343 */
4344struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4345 unsigned int max_peers;
4346 u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4347 randomize_mac_addr:1;
4348
4349 struct {
4350 u32 preambles;
4351 u32 bandwidths;
4352 s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4353 u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4354 u8 supported:1,
4355 asap:1,
4356 non_asap:1,
4357 request_lci:1,
4358 request_civicloc:1;
4359 } ftm;
4360};
4361
4362/**
4363 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4364 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4365 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4366 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4367 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4368 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4369 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4370 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4371 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4372 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4373 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4374 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4375 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4376 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4377 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4378 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4379 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4380 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4381 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4382 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4383 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4384 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4385 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4386 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4387 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4388 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4389 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4390 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4391 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4392 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4393 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4394 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4395 * unregister hardware
4396 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4397 * automatically on wiphy renames
4398 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4399 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4400 * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4401 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4402 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4403 * must be set by driver
4404 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4405 * list single interface types.
4406 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4407 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4408 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4409 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4410 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4411 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4412 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4413 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4414 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4415 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4416 * this variable determines its size
4417 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4418 * any given scan
4419 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4420 * the device can run concurrently.
4421 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4422 * for in any given scheduled scan
4423 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4424 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4425 * supported.
4426 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4427 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4428 * include fixed IEs like supported rates
4429 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4430 * scans
4431 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4432 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4433 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4434 * single scan plan supported by the device.
4435 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4436 * scan plan supported by the device.
4437 * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4438 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4439 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4440 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4441 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4442 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4443 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4444 *
4445 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4446 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4447 * type
4448 *
4449 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4450 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4451 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4452 *
4453 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4454 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4455 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4456 *
4457 * @probe_resp_offload:
4458 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4459 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4460 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4461 *
4462 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4463 * may request, if implemented.
4464 *
4465 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4466 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4467 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4468 * to the suspend() operation instead.
4469 *
4470 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4471 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4472 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4473 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4474 * If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4475 *
4476 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4477 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4478 *
4479 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4480 * supports for ACL.
4481 *
4482 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4483 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4484 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4485 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4486 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4487 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4488 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4489 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4490 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4491 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4492 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4493 * capabilities are specified separately.
4494 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4495 *
4496 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4497 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4498 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4499 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4500 *
4501 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4502 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4503 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4504 * some cases, but may not always reach.
4505 *
4506 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4507 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver
4508 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4509 * infinite.
4510 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4511 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4512 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4513 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4514 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4515 * This value should be set in MHz.
4516 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4517 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4518 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4519 *
4520 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4521 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for
4522 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4523 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4524 *
4525 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4526 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4527 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4528 *
4529 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4530 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4531 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4532 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4533 *
4534 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4535 */
4536struct wiphy {
4537 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4538
4539 /* permanent MAC address(es) */
4540 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4541 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4542
4543 struct mac_address *addresses;
4544
4545 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4546
4547 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4548 int n_iface_combinations;
4549 u16 software_iftypes;
4550
4551 u16 n_addresses;
4552
4553 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4554 u16 interface_modes;
4555
4556 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4557
4558 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4559 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4560
4561 u32 ap_sme_capa;
4562
4563 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4564
4565 int bss_priv_size;
4566 u8 max_scan_ssids;
4567 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4568 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4569 u8 max_match_sets;
4570 u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4571 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4572 u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4573 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4574 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4575
4576 int n_cipher_suites;
4577 const u32 *cipher_suites;
4578
4579 int n_akm_suites;
4580 const u32 *akm_suites;
4581
4582 u8 retry_short;
4583 u8 retry_long;
4584 u32 frag_threshold;
4585 u32 rts_threshold;
4586 u8 coverage_class;
4587
4588 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4589 u32 hw_version;
4590
4591#ifdef CONFIG_PM
4592 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4593 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4594#endif
4595
4596 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4597
4598 u8 max_num_pmkids;
4599
4600 u32 available_antennas_tx;
4601 u32 available_antennas_rx;
4602
4603 /*
4604 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4605 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4606 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4607 */
4608 u32 probe_resp_offload;
4609
4610 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4611 u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4612
4613 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4614 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4615
4616 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4617 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4618 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4619 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4620 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4621 const void *privid;
4622
4623 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4624
4625 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4626 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4627 struct regulatory_request *request);
4628
4629 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4630
4631 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4632
4633 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4634 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4635 struct device dev;
4636
4637 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4638 bool registered;
4639
4640 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4641 struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4642
4643 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4644 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4645
4646 struct list_head wdev_list;
4647
4648 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4649 possible_net_t _net;
4650
4651#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4652 const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4653#endif
4654
4655 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4656
4657 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4658 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4659 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4660
4661 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4662
4663 u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4664 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4665
4666 u32 bss_select_support;
4667
4668 u8 nan_supported_bands;
4669
4670 u32 txq_limit;
4671 u32 txq_memory_limit;
4672 u32 txq_quantum;
4673
4674 u8 support_mbssid:1,
4675 support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4676
4677 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4678
4679 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4680};
4681
4682static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4683{
4684 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4685}
4686
4687static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4688{
4689 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4690}
4691
4692/**
4693 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4694 *
4695 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4696 * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4697 */
4698static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4699{
4700 BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4701 return &wiphy->priv;
4702}
4703
4704/**
4705 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4706 *
4707 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4708 * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4709 */
4710static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4711{
4712 BUG_ON(!priv);
4713 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4714}
4715
4716/**
4717 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4718 *
4719 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4720 * @dev: The device to parent it to
4721 */
4722static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4723{
4724 wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4725}
4726
4727/**
4728 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4729 *
4730 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4731 * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4732 */
4733static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4734{
4735 return wiphy->dev.parent;
4736}
4737
4738/**
4739 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4740 *
4741 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4742 * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4743 */
4744static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4745{
4746 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4747}
4748
4749/**
4750 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4751 *
4752 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4753 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4754 * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4755 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4756 *
4757 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4758 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4759 *
4760 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4761 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4762 */
4763struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4764 const char *requested_name);
4765
4766/**
4767 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4768 *
4769 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4770 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4771 *
4772 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4773 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4774 *
4775 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4776 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4777 */
4778static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4779 int sizeof_priv)
4780{
4781 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4782}
4783
4784/**
4785 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4786 *
4787 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4788 *
4789 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4790 */
4791int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4792
4793/**
4794 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4795 *
4796 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4797 *
4798 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4799 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4800 * request that is being handled.
4801 */
4802void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4803
4804/**
4805 * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4806 *
4807 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4808 */
4809void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4810
4811/* internal structs */
4812struct cfg80211_conn;
4813struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4814struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4815struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4816
4817/**
4818 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4819 *
4820 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4821 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4822 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4823 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4824 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4825 *
4826 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4827 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4828 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4829 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4830 *
4831 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4832 * @iftype: interface type
4833 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4834 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4835 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4836 * wireless device if it has no netdev
4837 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4838 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4839 * the user-set channel definition.
4840 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4841 * track the channel to be used for AP later
4842 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4843 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4844 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4845 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4846 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4847 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4848 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4849 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4850 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4851 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4852 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4853 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4854 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4855 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4856 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4857 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4858 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4859 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4860 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4861 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4862 * by cfg80211 on change_interface
4863 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4864 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4865 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4866 * and some API functions require it held
4867 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4868 * beacons, 0 when not valid
4869 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4870 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4871 * the P2P Device.
4872 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4873 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4874 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4875 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4876 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4877 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4878 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4879 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4880 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4881 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4882 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4883 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4884 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4885 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4886 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4887 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4888 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4889 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4890 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4891 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4892 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4893 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4894 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4895 */
4896struct wireless_dev {
4897 struct wiphy *wiphy;
4898 enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4899
4900 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4901 struct list_head list;
4902 struct net_device *netdev;
4903
4904 u32 identifier;
4905
4906 struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4907 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4908
4909 struct mutex mtx;
4910
4911 bool use_4addr, is_running;
4912
4913 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4914
4915 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4916 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4917 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4918 struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4919 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4920 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4921 u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4922
4923 struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4924 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4925
4926 struct list_head event_list;
4927 spinlock_t event_lock;
4928
4929 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4930 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4931 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4932
4933 bool ibss_fixed;
4934 bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4935
4936 bool ps;
4937 int ps_timeout;
4938
4939 int beacon_interval;
4940
4941 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4942
4943 u32 owner_nlportid;
4944 bool nl_owner_dead;
4945
4946 bool cac_started;
4947 unsigned long cac_start_time;
4948 unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4949
4950#ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4951 /* wext data */
4952 struct {
4953 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4954 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4955 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4956 const u8 *ie;
4957 size_t ie_len;
4958 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4959 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4960 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4961 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4962 bool prev_bssid_valid;
4963 } wext;
4964#endif
4965
4966 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4967
4968 struct list_head pmsr_list;
4969 spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4970 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4971};
4972
4973static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4974{
4975 if (wdev->netdev)
4976 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4977 return wdev->address;
4978}
4979
4980static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4981{
4982 if (wdev->netdev)
4983 return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4984 return wdev->is_running;
4985}
4986
4987/**
4988 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4989 *
4990 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4991 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4992 */
4993static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4994{
4995 BUG_ON(!wdev);
4996 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4997}
4998
4999/**
5000 * DOC: Utility functions
5001 *
5002 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
5003 */
5004
5005/**
5006 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
5007 * @chan: channel number
5008 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
5009 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
5010 */
5011int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
5012
5013/**
5014 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
5015 * @freq: center frequency
5016 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
5017 */
5018int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
5019
5020/**
5021 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
5022 *
5023 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
5024 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
5025 *
5026 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
5027 */
5028struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
5029
5030/**
5031 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
5032 *
5033 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5034 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
5035 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
5036 *
5037 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
5038 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
5039 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
5040 * rates in the band's bitrate table.
5041 */
5042struct ieee80211_rate *
5043ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5044 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
5045
5046/**
5047 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
5048 * @sband: the band to look for rates in
5049 * @scan_width: width of the control channel
5050 *
5051 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
5052 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
5053 */
5054u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5055 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
5056
5057/*
5058 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
5059 *
5060 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
5061 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
5062 */
5063
5064struct radiotap_align_size {
5065 uint8_t align:4, size:4;
5066};
5067
5068struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
5069 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
5070 int n_bits;
5071 uint32_t oui;
5072 uint8_t subns;
5073};
5074
5075struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
5076 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
5077 int n_ns;
5078};
5079
5080/**
5081 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
5082 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
5083 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
5084 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
5085 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
5086 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
5087 * the beginning of the actual data portion
5088 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
5089 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
5090 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
5091 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
5092 * radiotap namespace or not
5093 *
5094 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
5095 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
5096 * @_arg_index: next argument index
5097 * @_arg: next argument pointer
5098 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
5099 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
5100 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
5101 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
5102 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
5103 * next bitmap word
5104 *
5105 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
5106 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
5107 */
5108
5109struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
5110 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
5111 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
5112 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
5113
5114 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
5115 __le32 *_next_bitmap;
5116
5117 unsigned char *this_arg;
5118 int this_arg_index;
5119 int this_arg_size;
5120
5121 int is_radiotap_ns;
5122
5123 int _max_length;
5124 int _arg_index;
5125 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
5126 int _reset_on_ext;
5127};
5128
5129int
5130ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
5131 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5132 int max_length,
5133 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5134
5135int
5136ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5137
5138
5139extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5140extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5141
5142/**
5143 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5144 *
5145 * @skb: the frame
5146 *
5147 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5148 * returns the 802.11 header length.
5149 *
5150 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5151 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5152 * 802.11 header.
5153 */
5154unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5155
5156/**
5157 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5158 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5159 * Return: The header length in bytes.
5160 */
5161unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5162
5163/**
5164 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5165 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5166 * (first byte) will be accessed
5167 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5168 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5169 */
5170unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5171
5172/**
5173 * DOC: Data path helpers
5174 *
5175 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5176 * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5177 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5178 */
5179
5180/**
5181 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5182 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5183 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5184 * of it being pushed into the SKB
5185 * @addr: the device MAC address
5186 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5187 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5188 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5189 */
5190int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5191 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5192 u8 data_offset);
5193
5194/**
5195 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5196 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5197 * @addr: the device MAC address
5198 * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5199 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5200 */
5201static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5202 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5203{
5204 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5205}
5206
5207/**
5208 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5209 *
5210 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5211 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5212 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5213 *
5214 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5215 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5216 * initialized by by the caller.
5217 * @addr: The device MAC address.
5218 * @iftype: The device interface type.
5219 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5220 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5221 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5222 */
5223void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5224 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5225 const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5226 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5227
5228/**
5229 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5230 * @skb: the data frame
5231 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5232 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5233 */
5234unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5235 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5236
5237/**
5238 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5239 *
5240 * @eid: element ID
5241 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5242 * @len: length of data
5243 * @match: byte array to match
5244 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5245 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5246 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5247 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5248 * the data portion instead.
5249 *
5250 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5251 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5252 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5253 * requested element struct.
5254 *
5255 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5256 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5257 * byte array to match.
5258 */
5259const struct element *
5260cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5261 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5262 unsigned int match_offset);
5263
5264/**
5265 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5266 *
5267 * @eid: element ID
5268 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5269 * @len: length of data
5270 * @match: byte array to match
5271 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5272 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5273 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5274 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5275 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5276 * the second byte is the IE length.
5277 *
5278 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5279 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5280 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5281 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5282 * element ID.
5283 *
5284 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5285 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5286 * byte array to match.
5287 */
5288static inline const u8 *
5289cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5290 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5291 unsigned int match_offset)
5292{
5293 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5294 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5295 */
5296 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5297 (!match_len && match_offset)))
5298 return NULL;
5299
5300 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5301 match, match_len,
5302 match_offset ?
5303 match_offset - 2 : 0);
5304}
5305
5306/**
5307 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5308 *
5309 * @eid: element ID
5310 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5311 * @len: length of data
5312 *
5313 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5314 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5315 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5316 * requested element struct.
5317 *
5318 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5319 * having to fit into the given data.
5320 */
5321static inline const struct element *
5322cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5323{
5324 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5325}
5326
5327/**
5328 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5329 *
5330 * @eid: element ID
5331 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5332 * @len: length of data
5333 *
5334 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5335 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5336 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5337 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5338 *
5339 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5340 * having to fit into the given data.
5341 */
5342static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5343{
5344 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5345}
5346
5347/**
5348 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5349 *
5350 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5351 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5352 * @len: length of data
5353 *
5354 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5355 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5356 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5357 * requested element struct.
5358 *
5359 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5360 * having to fit into the given data.
5361 */
5362static inline const struct element *
5363cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5364{
5365 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5366 &ext_eid, 1, 0);
5367}
5368
5369/**
5370 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5371 *
5372 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5373 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5374 * @len: length of data
5375 *
5376 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5377 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5378 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5379 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5380 *
5381 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5382 * having to fit into the given data.
5383 */
5384static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5385{
5386 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5387 &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5388}
5389
5390/**
5391 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5392 *
5393 * @oui: vendor OUI
5394 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5395 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5396 * @len: length of data
5397 *
5398 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5399 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5400 * return the element structure for the requested element.
5401 *
5402 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5403 * the given data.
5404 */
5405const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5406 const u8 *ies,
5407 unsigned int len);
5408
5409/**
5410 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5411 *
5412 * @oui: vendor OUI
5413 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5414 * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5415 * @len: length of data
5416 *
5417 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5418 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5419 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5420 * element ID.
5421 *
5422 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5423 * the given data.
5424 */
5425static inline const u8 *
5426cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5427 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5428{
5429 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5430}
5431
5432/**
5433 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5434 *
5435 * @dev: network device
5436 * @addr: STA MAC address
5437 *
5438 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5439 * devices upon STA association.
5440 */
5441void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5442
5443/**
5444 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5445 *
5446 * TODO
5447 */
5448
5449/**
5450 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5451 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5452 * conflicts)
5453 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5454 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5455 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5456 * alpha2.
5457 *
5458 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5459 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5460 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5461 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5462 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5463 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5464 *
5465 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5466 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5467 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5468 *
5469 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5470 * an -ENOMEM.
5471 *
5472 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5473 */
5474int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5475
5476/**
5477 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5478 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5479 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5480 *
5481 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5482 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5483 * information.
5484 *
5485 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5486 */
5487int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5488 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5489
5490/**
5491 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5492 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5493 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5494 *
5495 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5496 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5497 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5498 *
5499 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5500 */
5501int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5502 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5503
5504/**
5505 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5506 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5507 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5508 *
5509 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5510 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5511 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5512 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5513 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5514 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5515 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5516 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5517 * that called this helper.
5518 */
5519void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5520 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5521
5522/**
5523 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5524 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5525 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5526 *
5527 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5528 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5529 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5530 * and processed already.
5531 *
5532 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5533 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5534 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5535 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5536 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5537 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5538 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5539 */
5540const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5541 u32 center_freq);
5542
5543/**
5544 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5545 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5546 *
5547 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5548 * proper string representation.
5549 */
5550const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5551
5552/**
5553 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom
5554 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked.
5555 *
5556 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI).
5557 */
5558bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5559
5560/**
5561 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5562 *
5563 */
5564
5565/**
5566 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5567 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5568 *
5569 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5570 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5571 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5572 *
5573 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query
5574 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5575 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5576 *
5577 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5578 * an -ENODATA.
5579 *
5580 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5581 */
5582int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5583 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5584
5585/*
5586 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5587 * functions and BSS handling helpers
5588 */
5589
5590/**
5591 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5592 *
5593 * @request: the corresponding scan request
5594 * @info: information about the completed scan
5595 */
5596void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5597 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5598
5599/**
5600 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5601 *
5602 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5603 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5604 */
5605void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5606
5607/**
5608 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5609 *
5610 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5611 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5612 *
5613 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5614 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5615 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5616 */
5617void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5618
5619/**
5620 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5621 *
5622 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5623 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5624 *
5625 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5626 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver
5627 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5628 * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5629 */
5630void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5631
5632/**
5633 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5634 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5635 * @data: the BSS metadata
5636 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5637 * @len: length of the management frame
5638 * @gfp: context flags
5639 *
5640 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5641 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5642 *
5643 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5644 * Or %NULL on error.
5645 */
5646struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5647cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5648 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5649 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5650 gfp_t gfp);
5651
5652static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5653cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5654 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5655 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5656 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5657 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5658{
5659 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5660 .chan = rx_channel,
5661 .scan_width = scan_width,
5662 .signal = signal,
5663 };
5664
5665 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5666}
5667
5668static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5669cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5670 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5671 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5672 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5673{
5674 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5675 .chan = rx_channel,
5676 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5677 .signal = signal,
5678 };
5679
5680 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5681}
5682
5683/**
5684 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5685 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5686 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5687 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5688 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5689 */
5690static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5691 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5692{
5693 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5694 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5695 u64 new_bssid_u64;
5696
5697 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5698
5699 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5700
5701 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5702}
5703
5704/**
5705 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5706 * @element: element to check
5707 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5708 */
5709bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5710 const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5711
5712/**
5713 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5714 * @ie: ies
5715 * @ielen: length of IEs
5716 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5717 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5718 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5719 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5720 */
5721size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5722 const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5723 const struct element *sub_elem,
5724 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5725
5726/**
5727 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5728 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5729 * from a beacon or probe response
5730 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5731 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5732 */
5733enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5734 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5735 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5736 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5737};
5738
5739/**
5740 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5741 *
5742 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5743 * @data: the BSS metadata
5744 * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5745 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5746 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5747 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5748 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5749 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5750 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5751 * @gfp: context flags
5752 *
5753 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5754 * the BSS should be updated/added.
5755 *
5756 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5757 * Or %NULL on error.
5758 */
5759struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5760cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5761 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5762 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5763 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5764 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5765 gfp_t gfp);
5766
5767static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5768cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5769 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5770 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5771 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5772 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5773 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5774 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5775{
5776 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5777 .chan = rx_channel,
5778 .scan_width = scan_width,
5779 .signal = signal,
5780 };
5781
5782 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5783 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5784 gfp);
5785}
5786
5787static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5788cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5789 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5790 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5791 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5792 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5793 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5794{
5795 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5796 .chan = rx_channel,
5797 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5798 .signal = signal,
5799 };
5800
5801 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5802 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5803 gfp);
5804}
5805
5806/**
5807 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5808 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5809 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5810 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5811 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5812 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5813 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5814 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5815 */
5816struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5817 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5818 const u8 *bssid,
5819 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5820 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5821 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5822static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5823cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5824 struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5825 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5826{
5827 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5828 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5829 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5830}
5831
5832/**
5833 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5834 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5835 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5836 *
5837 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5838 */
5839void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5840
5841/**
5842 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5843 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5844 * @bss: the BSS struct
5845 *
5846 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5847 */
5848void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5849
5850/**
5851 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5852 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5853 * @bss: the bss to remove
5854 *
5855 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5856 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5857 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5858 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5859 */
5860void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5861
5862/**
5863 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries
5864 *
5865 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy
5866 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not
5867 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB.
5868 *
5869 * @wiphy: the wiphy
5870 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel
5871 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel.
5872 * @iter: the iterator function to call
5873 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function
5874 */
5875void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5876 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
5877 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5878 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5879 void *data),
5880 void *iter_data);
5881
5882static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5883cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5884{
5885 switch (chandef->width) {
5886 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5887 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5888 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5889 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5890 default:
5891 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5892 }
5893}
5894
5895/**
5896 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5897 * @dev: network device
5898 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5899 * @len: length of the frame data
5900 *
5901 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5902 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5903 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5904 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5905 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5906 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5907 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5908 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5909 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5910 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5911 *
5912 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5913 */
5914void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5915
5916/**
5917 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5918 * @dev: network device
5919 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5920 *
5921 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5922 * mutex.
5923 */
5924void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5925
5926/**
5927 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5928 * @dev: network device
5929 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5930 * moves to cfg80211 in this call
5931 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5932 * @len: length of the frame data
5933 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5934 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5935 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5936 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5937 *
5938 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5939 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5940 *
5941 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5942 */
5943void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5944 struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5945 const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5946 int uapsd_queues,
5947 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5948
5949/**
5950 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5951 * @dev: network device
5952 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5953 *
5954 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5955 */
5956void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5957
5958/**
5959 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5960 * @dev: network device
5961 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5962 *
5963 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5964 * an association attempt was abandoned.
5965 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5966 */
5967void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5968
5969/**
5970 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5971 * @dev: network device
5972 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5973 * @len: length of the frame data
5974 *
5975 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5976 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5977 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5978 * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5979 */
5980void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5981
5982/**
5983 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5984 * @dev: network device
5985 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5986 * @len: length of the frame data
5987 *
5988 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5989 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5990 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5991 */
5992void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5993 const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5994
5995/**
5996 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5997 * @dev: network device
5998 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5999 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
6000 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
6001 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
6002 * @gfp: allocation flags
6003 *
6004 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
6005 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
6006 * primitive.
6007 */
6008void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6009 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
6010 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
6011
6012/**
6013 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
6014 *
6015 * @dev: network device
6016 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
6017 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
6018 * @gfp: allocation flags
6019 *
6020 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
6021 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
6022 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
6023 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
6024 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
6025 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
6026 */
6027void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6028 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
6029
6030/**
6031 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
6032 *
6033 * @dev: network device
6034 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
6035 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
6036 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
6037 * @gfp: allocation flags
6038 *
6039 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
6040 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
6041 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
6042 */
6043void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
6044 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
6045 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
6046
6047/**
6048 * DOC: RFkill integration
6049 *
6050 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
6051 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
6052 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
6053 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
6054 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
6055 *
6056 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
6057 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
6058 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
6059 */
6060
6061/**
6062 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
6063 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6064 * @blocked: block status
6065 */
6066void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
6067
6068/**
6069 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
6070 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6071 */
6072void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6073
6074/**
6075 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
6076 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6077 */
6078void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6079
6080/**
6081 * DOC: Vendor commands
6082 *
6083 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
6084 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
6085 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
6086 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
6087 * the configuration mechanism.
6088 *
6089 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
6090 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
6091 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
6092 *
6093 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
6094 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
6095 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
6096 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
6097 * managers etc. need.
6098 */
6099
6100struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6101 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6102 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6103 int approxlen);
6104
6105struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6106 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6107 enum nl80211_commands cmd,
6108 enum nl80211_attrs attr,
6109 unsigned int portid,
6110 int vendor_event_idx,
6111 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
6112
6113void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
6114
6115/**
6116 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
6117 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6118 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6119 * be put into the skb
6120 *
6121 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6122 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6123 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
6124 *
6125 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
6126 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6127 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6128 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6129 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6130 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
6131 * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
6132 *
6133 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
6134 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
6135 *
6136 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6137 */
6138static inline struct sk_buff *
6139cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6140{
6141 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6142 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
6143}
6144
6145/**
6146 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
6147 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6148 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
6149 *
6150 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6151 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
6152 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the
6153 * skb regardless of the return value.
6154 *
6155 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6156 */
6157int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
6158
6159/**
6160 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6161 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6162 *
6163 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6164 * Valid to call only there.
6165 */
6166unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6167
6168/**
6169 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6170 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6171 * @wdev: the wireless device
6172 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6173 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6174 * be put into the skb
6175 * @gfp: allocation flags
6176 *
6177 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6178 * vendor-specific multicast group.
6179 *
6180 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6181 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6182 * attribute.
6183 *
6184 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6185 * skb to send the event.
6186 *
6187 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6188 */
6189static inline struct sk_buff *
6190cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6191 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6192{
6193 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6194 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6195 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6196}
6197
6198/**
6199 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6200 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6201 * @wdev: the wireless device
6202 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6203 * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6204 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6205 * be put into the skb
6206 * @gfp: allocation flags
6207 *
6208 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6209 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6210 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6211 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6212 *
6213 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6214 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6215 * attribute.
6216 *
6217 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6218 * skb to send the event.
6219 *
6220 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6221 */
6222static inline struct sk_buff *
6223cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6224 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6225 unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6226 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6227{
6228 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6229 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6230 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6231}
6232
6233/**
6234 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6235 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6236 * @gfp: allocation flags
6237 *
6238 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6239 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6240 */
6241static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6242{
6243 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6244}
6245
6246#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6247/**
6248 * DOC: Test mode
6249 *
6250 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6251 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6252 * factory programming.
6253 *
6254 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6255 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6256 */
6257
6258/**
6259 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6260 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6261 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6262 * be put into the skb
6263 *
6264 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6265 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6266 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6267 *
6268 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6269 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6270 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6271 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6272 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6273 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6274 * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6275 *
6276 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6277 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6278 *
6279 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6280 */
6281static inline struct sk_buff *
6282cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6283{
6284 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6285 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6286}
6287
6288/**
6289 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6290 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6291 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6292 *
6293 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6294 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6295 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb
6296 * regardless of the return value.
6297 *
6298 * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6299 */
6300static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6301{
6302 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6303}
6304
6305/**
6306 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6307 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6308 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6309 * be put into the skb
6310 * @gfp: allocation flags
6311 *
6312 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6313 * testmode multicast group.
6314 *
6315 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6316 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6317 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6318 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6319 * in any other way.
6320 *
6321 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6322 * skb to send the event.
6323 *
6324 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6325 */
6326static inline struct sk_buff *
6327cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6328{
6329 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6330 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6331 approxlen, gfp);
6332}
6333
6334/**
6335 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6336 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6337 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6338 * @gfp: allocation flags
6339 *
6340 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6341 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6342 * consumes it.
6343 */
6344static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6345{
6346 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6347}
6348
6349#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6350#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd),
6351#else
6352#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6353#define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6354#endif
6355
6356/**
6357 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6358 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6359 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6360 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6361 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6362 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6363 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6364 * status for a FILS connection.
6365 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6366 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6367 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6368 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6369 */
6370struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6371 const u8 *kek;
6372 size_t kek_len;
6373 bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6374 u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6375 const u8 *pmk;
6376 size_t pmk_len;
6377 const u8 *pmkid;
6378};
6379
6380/**
6381 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6382 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6383 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6384 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6385 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6386 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6387 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6388 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6389 * case.
6390 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6391 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6392 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6393 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6394 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6395 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6396 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6397 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6398 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6399 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6400 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6401 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6402 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6403 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6404 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6405 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6406 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6407 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6408 */
6409struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6410 int status;
6411 const u8 *bssid;
6412 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6413 const u8 *req_ie;
6414 size_t req_ie_len;
6415 const u8 *resp_ie;
6416 size_t resp_ie_len;
6417 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6418 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6419};
6420
6421/**
6422 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6423 *
6424 * @dev: network device
6425 * @params: connection response parameters
6426 * @gfp: allocation flags
6427 *
6428 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6429 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6430 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6431 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6432 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6433 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6434 */
6435void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6436 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6437 gfp_t gfp);
6438
6439/**
6440 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6441 *
6442 * @dev: network device
6443 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6444 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6445 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the
6446 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return
6447 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the
6448 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op.
6449 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified.
6450 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6451 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6452 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6453 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6454 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6455 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6456 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6457 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6458 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6459 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6460 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6461 * case.
6462 * @gfp: allocation flags
6463 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6464 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6465 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6466 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6467 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6468 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6469 *
6470 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6471 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6472 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6473 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6474 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6475 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6476 */
6477static inline void
6478cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6479 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6480 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6481 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6482 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6483{
6484 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6485
6486 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params));
6487 params.status = status;
6488 params.bssid = bssid;
6489 params.bss = bss;
6490 params.req_ie = req_ie;
6491 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6492 params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6493 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6494 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6495
6496 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp);
6497}
6498
6499/**
6500 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6501 *
6502 * @dev: network device
6503 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6504 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6505 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6506 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6507 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6508 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6509 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6510 * the real status code for failures.
6511 * @gfp: allocation flags
6512 *
6513 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6514 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6515 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6516 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6517 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6518 */
6519static inline void
6520cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6521 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6522 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6523 u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6524{
6525 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6526 resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6527 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6528}
6529
6530/**
6531 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6532 *
6533 * @dev: network device
6534 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6535 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6536 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6537 * @gfp: allocation flags
6538 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6539 *
6540 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6541 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6542 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6543 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6544 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6545 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6546 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6547 */
6548static inline void
6549cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6550 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6551 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6552{
6553 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6554 gfp, timeout_reason);
6555}
6556
6557/**
6558 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6559 *
6560 * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6561 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6562 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6563 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6564 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6565 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6566 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6567 * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6568 */
6569struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6570 struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6571 struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6572 const u8 *bssid;
6573 const u8 *req_ie;
6574 size_t req_ie_len;
6575 const u8 *resp_ie;
6576 size_t resp_ie_len;
6577 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6578};
6579
6580/**
6581 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6582 *
6583 * @dev: network device
6584 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6585 * @gfp: allocation flags
6586 *
6587 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6588 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6589 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6590 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6591 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6592 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6593 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6594 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6595 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6596 * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6597 */
6598void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6599 gfp_t gfp);
6600
6601/**
6602 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6603 *
6604 * @dev: network device
6605 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6606 * @gfp: allocation flags
6607 *
6608 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6609 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6610 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6611 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6612 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6613 * indicate the 802.11 association.
6614 */
6615void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6616 gfp_t gfp);
6617
6618/**
6619 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6620 *
6621 * @dev: network device
6622 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6623 * @ie_len: length of IEs
6624 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6625 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6626 * @gfp: allocation flags
6627 *
6628 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6629 * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6630 */
6631void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6632 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6633 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6634
6635/**
6636 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6637 * @wdev: wireless device
6638 * @cookie: the request cookie
6639 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6640 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6641 * channel
6642 * @gfp: allocation flags
6643 */
6644void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6645 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6646 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6647
6648/**
6649 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6650 * @wdev: wireless device
6651 * @cookie: the request cookie
6652 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6653 * @gfp: allocation flags
6654 */
6655void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6656 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6657 gfp_t gfp);
6658
6659/**
6660 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired
6661 * @wdev: wireless device
6662 * @cookie: the requested cookie
6663 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request)
6664 * @gfp: allocation flags
6665 */
6666void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6667 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp);
6668
6669/**
6670 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6671 *
6672 * @sinfo: the station information
6673 * @gfp: allocation flags
6674 */
6675int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6676
6677/**
6678 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6679 * @sinfo: the station information
6680 *
6681 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6682 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6683 * the stack.)
6684 */
6685static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6686{
6687 kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6688}
6689
6690/**
6691 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6692 *
6693 * @dev: the netdev
6694 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6695 * @sinfo: the station information
6696 * @gfp: allocation flags
6697 */
6698void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6699 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6700
6701/**
6702 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6703 * @dev: the netdev
6704 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6705 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6706 * @gfp: allocation flags
6707 */
6708void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6709 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6710
6711/**
6712 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6713 *
6714 * @dev: the netdev
6715 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6716 * @gfp: allocation flags
6717 */
6718static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6719 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6720{
6721 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6722}
6723
6724/**
6725 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6726 *
6727 * @dev: the netdev
6728 * @mac_addr: the station's address
6729 * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6730 * @gfp: allocation flags
6731 *
6732 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6733 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6734 * for some reasons, this function is called.
6735 *
6736 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6737 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6738 */
6739void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6740 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6741 gfp_t gfp);
6742
6743/**
6744 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6745 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6746 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6747 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6748 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6749 * @len: length of the frame data
6750 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6751 *
6752 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6753 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6754 *
6755 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6756 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6757 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6758 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6759 */
6760bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6761 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6762
6763/**
6764 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6765 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6766 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6767 * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6768 * @len: length of the frame data
6769 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6770 * @gfp: context flags
6771 *
6772 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6773 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6774 * transmission attempt.
6775 */
6776void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6777 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6778
6779
6780/**
6781 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6782 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6783 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf
6784 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear.
6785 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6786 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that
6787 * skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6788 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6789 *
6790 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6791 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6792 * control port frames over nl80211.
6793 *
6794 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6795 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6796 *
6797 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6798 */
6799bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6800 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6801
6802/**
6803 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6804 * @dev: network device
6805 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6806 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6807 * @gfp: context flags
6808 *
6809 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6810 * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6811 */
6812void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6813 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6814 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6815
6816/**
6817 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6818 * @dev: network device
6819 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6820 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6821 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6822 * threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6823 * @gfp: context flags
6824 */
6825void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6826 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6827
6828/**
6829 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6830 * @dev: network device
6831 * @peer: peer's MAC address
6832 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6833 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6834 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6835 * @gfp: context flags
6836 *
6837 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6838 * given interval is exceeded.
6839 */
6840void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6841 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6842
6843/**
6844 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6845 * @dev: network device
6846 * @gfp: context flags
6847 *
6848 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6849 */
6850void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6851
6852/**
6853 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6854 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6855 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6856 * @gfp: context flags
6857 *
6858 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6859 */
6860void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6861 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6862
6863/**
6864 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6865 * @dev: network device
6866 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6867 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6868 * @gfp: context flags
6869 *
6870 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6871 * frame.
6872 */
6873void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6874 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6875 gfp_t gfp);
6876
6877/**
6878 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6879 * @netdev: network device
6880 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6881 * @event: type of event
6882 * @gfp: context flags
6883 *
6884 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6885 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6886 * also by full-MAC drivers.
6887 */
6888void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6889 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6890 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6891
6892
6893/**
6894 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6895 * @dev: network device
6896 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6897 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6898 * @gfp: allocation flags
6899 */
6900void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6901 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6902
6903/**
6904 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6905 * @dev: network device
6906 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6907 * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6908 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6909 * @gfp: allocation flags
6910 */
6911void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6912 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6913
6914/**
6915 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6916 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6917 * @addr: the transmitter address
6918 * @gfp: context flags
6919 *
6920 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6921 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6922 * sender.
6923 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6924 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6925 */
6926bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6927 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6928
6929/**
6930 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6931 * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6932 * @addr: the transmitter address
6933 * @gfp: context flags
6934 *
6935 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6936 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6937 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6938 * station to avoid event flooding.
6939 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6940 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6941 */
6942bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6943 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6944
6945/**
6946 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6947 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6948 * @addr: the address of the peer
6949 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6950 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6951 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6952 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6953 * @gfp: allocation flags
6954 */
6955void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6956 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6957 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6958
6959/**
6960 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6961 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6962 * @frame: the frame
6963 * @len: length of the frame
6964 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6965 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6966 *
6967 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6968 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6969 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6970 */
6971void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6972 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6973 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6974
6975/**
6976 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6977 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6978 * @chandef: the channel definition
6979 * @iftype: interface type
6980 *
6981 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6982 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6983 */
6984bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6985 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6986 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6987
6988/**
6989 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6990 * @wiphy: the wiphy
6991 * @chandef: the channel definition
6992 * @iftype: interface type
6993 *
6994 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6995 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
6996 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
6997 * more permissive conditions.
6998 *
6999 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7000 */
7001bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7002 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7003 enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
7004
7005/*
7006 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
7007 * @dev: the device which switched channels
7008 * @chandef: the new channel definition
7009 *
7010 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
7011 * driver context!
7012 */
7013void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7014 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
7015
7016/*
7017 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
7018 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
7019 * @chandef: the future channel definition
7020 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
7021 *
7022 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
7023 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
7024 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
7025 */
7026void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
7027 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7028 u8 count);
7029
7030/**
7031 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
7032 *
7033 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
7034 * @band: band pointer to fill
7035 *
7036 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7037 */
7038bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
7039 enum nl80211_band *band);
7040
7041/**
7042 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
7043 *
7044 * @chandef: the chandef to convert
7045 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
7046 *
7047 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
7048 */
7049bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
7050 u8 *op_class);
7051
7052/*
7053 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
7054 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
7055 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
7056 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
7057 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
7058 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
7059 * @gfp: allocation flags
7060 *
7061 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
7062 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
7063 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
7064 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
7065 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
7066 */
7067void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
7068 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
7069 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
7070
7071/*
7072 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
7073 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
7074 *
7075 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
7076 */
7077u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
7078
7079/**
7080 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
7081 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
7082 *
7083 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
7084 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
7085 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
7086 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
7087 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
7088 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
7089 * when the device is unbound from the driver.
7090 *
7091 * Requires the RTNL to be held.
7092 */
7093void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
7094
7095/**
7096 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
7097 * @ies: FT IEs
7098 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
7099 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
7100 * @ric_ies: RIC IE
7101 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
7102 */
7103struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
7104 const u8 *ies;
7105 size_t ies_len;
7106 const u8 *target_ap;
7107 const u8 *ric_ies;
7108 size_t ric_ies_len;
7109};
7110
7111/**
7112 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
7113 * @netdev: network device
7114 * @ft_event: IE information
7115 */
7116void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7117 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
7118
7119/**
7120 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
7121 * @ies: the input IE buffer
7122 * @len: the input length
7123 * @attr: the attribute ID to find
7124 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
7125 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
7126 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
7127 *
7128 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
7129 * copies its contents to the given buffer.
7130 *
7131 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
7132 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
7133 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
7134 */
7135int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
7136 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
7137 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
7138
7139/**
7140 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
7141 * @ies: the IE buffer
7142 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7143 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7144 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7145 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7146 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7147 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
7148 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
7149 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7150 *
7151 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7152 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7153 * split.
7154 *
7155 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7156 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7157 *
7158 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7159 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7160 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7161 *
7162 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7163 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7164 * of the buffer should be used.
7165 */
7166size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7167 const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
7168 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
7169 size_t offset);
7170
7171/**
7172 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
7173 * @ies: the IE buffer
7174 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
7175 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
7176 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7177 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7178 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7179 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7180 *
7181 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7182 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7183 * split.
7184 *
7185 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7186 * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7187 *
7188 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7189 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7190 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7191 *
7192 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7193 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7194 * of the buffer should be used.
7195 */
7196static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7197 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7198{
7199 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7200}
7201
7202/**
7203 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7204 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7205 * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7206 * @gfp: allocation flags
7207 *
7208 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7209 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7210 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7211 * else caused the wakeup.
7212 */
7213void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7214 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7215 gfp_t gfp);
7216
7217/**
7218 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7219 *
7220 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7221 * @gfp: allocation flags
7222 *
7223 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7224 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7225 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7226 */
7227void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7228
7229/**
7230 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7231 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7232 *
7233 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7234 */
7235unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7236
7237/**
7238 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7239 *
7240 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7241 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7242 *
7243 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7244 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7245 * the interface combinations.
7246 */
7247int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7248 struct iface_combination_params *params);
7249
7250/**
7251 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7252 *
7253 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7254 * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7255 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7256 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7257 *
7258 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7259 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7260 * purposes.
7261 */
7262int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7263 struct iface_combination_params *params,
7264 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7265 void *data),
7266 void *data);
7267
7268/*
7269 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7270 *
7271 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7272 * @wdev: wireless device
7273 * @gfp: context flags
7274 *
7275 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7276 * disconnected.
7277 *
7278 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7279 */
7280void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7281 gfp_t gfp);
7282
7283/**
7284 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7285 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7286 *
7287 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7288 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7289 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7290 * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7291 *
7292 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7293 * the driver while the function is running.
7294 */
7295void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7296
7297/**
7298 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7299 *
7300 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7301 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7302 *
7303 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7304 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7305 */
7306static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7307 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7308{
7309 u8 *ft_byte;
7310
7311 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7312 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7313}
7314
7315/**
7316 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7317 *
7318 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7319 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7320 *
7321 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7322 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7323 */
7324static inline bool
7325wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7326 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7327{
7328 u8 ft_byte;
7329
7330 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7331 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7332}
7333
7334/**
7335 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7336 * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7337 *
7338 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7339 */
7340void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7341
7342/**
7343 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7344 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7345 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7346 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7347 * result.
7348 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7349 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7350 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7351 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7352 * @info_len: the length of the &info
7353 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7354 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7355 */
7356struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7357 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7358 u8 inst_id;
7359 u8 peer_inst_id;
7360 const u8 *addr;
7361 u8 info_len;
7362 const u8 *info;
7363 u64 cookie;
7364};
7365
7366/**
7367 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7368 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7369 * @match: match notification parameters
7370 * @gfp: allocation flags
7371 *
7372 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7373 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7374 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7375 */
7376void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7377 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7378
7379/**
7380 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7381 *
7382 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7383 * @inst_id: the local instance id
7384 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7385 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7386 * @gfp: allocation flags
7387 *
7388 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7389 */
7390void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7391 u8 inst_id,
7392 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7393 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7394
7395/* ethtool helper */
7396void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7397
7398/**
7399 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7400 * @netdev: network device
7401 * @params: External authentication parameters
7402 * @gfp: allocation flags
7403 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7404 */
7405int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7406 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7407 gfp_t gfp);
7408
7409/**
7410 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7411 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7412 * @req: the original measurement request
7413 * @result: the result data
7414 * @gfp: allocation flags
7415 */
7416void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7417 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7418 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7419 gfp_t gfp);
7420
7421/**
7422 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7423 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7424 * @req: the original measurement request
7425 * @gfp: allocation flags
7426 *
7427 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7428 * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7429 */
7430void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7431 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7432 gfp_t gfp);
7433
7434/**
7435 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed
7436 * @wiphy: the wiphy
7437 * @iftype: interface type
7438 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1'
7439 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces
7440 *
7441 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API
7442 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when
7443 * check_swif is '1'.
7444 */
7445bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
7446 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif);
7447
7448
7449/* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7450
7451/* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7452
7453#define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \
7454 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7455#define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7456 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7457#define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \
7458 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7459#define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \
7460 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7461#define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \
7462 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7463#define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \
7464 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7465#define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \
7466 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7467#define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \
7468 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7469
7470#define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7471 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7472#define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \
7473 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7474
7475#define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \
7476 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7477
7478#define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7479 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7480
7481#if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7482#define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg
7483#else
7484#define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \
7485({ \
7486 if (0) \
7487 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \
7488 0; \
7489})
7490#endif
7491
7492/*
7493 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7494 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7495 * file/line information and a backtrace.
7496 */
7497#define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \
7498 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7499
7500/**
7501 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7502 * @netdev: network device
7503 * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7504 * @gfp: allocation flags
7505 */
7506void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7507 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7508 gfp_t gfp);
7509
7510#endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */